annotate doc/emacs/text.texi @ 85076:29916a9beec2

(Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region. (Fill Prefix, Format Indentation): Replace fill-paragraph with fill-paragraph-or-region.
author Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
date Sat, 06 Oct 2007 22:23:41 +0000
parents aed95b18afb2
children 3400b26060b4
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2 @c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 @c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 @node Text, Programs, Indentation, Top
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 @chapter Commands for Human Languages
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7 @cindex text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8 @cindex manipulating text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10 The term @dfn{text} has two widespread meanings in our area of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11 computer field. One is data that is a sequence of characters. Any file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12 that you edit with Emacs is text, in this sense of the word. The other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13 meaning is more restrictive: a sequence of characters in a human language
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14 for humans to read (possibly after processing by a text formatter), as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15 opposed to a program or binary data. This chapter is concerned with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16 editing text in the narrower sense.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
18 Human languages have syntactic/stylistic conventions that can be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
19 supported or used to advantage by editor commands: conventions involving
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20 words, sentences, paragraphs, and capital letters. This chapter
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
21 describes Emacs commands for all of these things. There are also
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
22 commands for @dfn{filling}, which means rearranging the lines of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23 paragraph to be approximately equal in length. The commands for moving
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
24 over and killing words, sentences and paragraphs, while intended
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
25 primarily for editing text, are also often useful for editing programs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
27 Emacs has several major modes for editing human-language text. If the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28 file contains text pure and simple, use Text mode, which customizes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
29 Emacs in small ways for the syntactic conventions of text. Outline mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
30 provides special commands for operating on text with an outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
31 structure.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 @iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
33 @xref{Outline Mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 For text which contains embedded commands for text formatters, Emacs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37 has other major modes, each for a particular formatter. Thus, for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
38 input to @TeX{}, you would use @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 @iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 mode (@pxref{TeX Mode,,@TeX{} Mode}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 @ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44 @end ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 For input to groff or nroff, use Nroff mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 Instead of using a text formatter, you can edit formatted text in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 WYSIWYG style (``what you see is what you get''), with Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 Then the formatting appears on the screen in Emacs while you edit.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
50 @iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 @xref{Formatted Text}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54 @cindex ASCII art
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
55 If you need to edit pictures made out of text characters (commonly
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 referred to as ``ASCII art''), use @kbd{M-x edit-picture} to enter
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57 Picture mode, a special major mode for editing such pictures.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
58 @iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
59 @xref{Picture Mode,,, emacs-xtra, Specialized Emacs Features}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
60 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
61 @ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
62 @xref{Picture Mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
63 @end ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
64
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 @cindex skeletons
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67 @cindex templates
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 @cindex autotyping
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69 @cindex automatic typing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 The ``automatic typing'' features may be useful when writing text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 @inforef{Top,, autotype}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 * Words:: Moving over and killing words.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75 * Sentences:: Moving over and killing sentences.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 * Paragraphs:: Moving over paragraphs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 * Pages:: Moving over pages.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78 * Filling:: Filling or justifying text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
79 * Case:: Changing the case of text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80 * Text Mode:: The major modes for editing text files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 * Outline Mode:: Editing outlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 * TeX Mode:: Editing input to the formatter TeX.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83 * HTML Mode:: Editing HTML, SGML, and XML files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 * Nroff Mode:: Editing input to the formatter nroff.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 * Formatted Text:: Editing formatted text directly in WYSIWYG fashion.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86 * Text Based Tables:: Editing text-based tables in WYSIWYG fashion.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 @node Words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 @section Words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 @cindex words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92 @cindex Meta commands and words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Emacs has commands for moving over or operating on words. By convention,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95 the keys for them are all Meta characters.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 @item M-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Move forward over a word (@code{forward-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 @item M-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101 Move backward over a word (@code{backward-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102 @item M-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 Kill up to the end of a word (@code{kill-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 @item M-@key{DEL}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 Kill back to the beginning of a word (@code{backward-kill-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106 @item M-@@
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
107 Mark the end of the next word (@code{mark-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
108 @item M-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
109 Transpose two words or drag a word across others
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
110 (@code{transpose-words}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
111 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
112
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113 Notice how these keys form a series that parallels the character-based
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114 @kbd{C-f}, @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-d}, @key{DEL} and @kbd{C-t}. @kbd{M-@@} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115 cognate to @kbd{C-@@}, which is an alias for @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 @kindex M-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118 @kindex M-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
119 @findex forward-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
120 @findex backward-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121 The commands @kbd{M-f} (@code{forward-word}) and @kbd{M-b}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
122 (@code{backward-word}) move forward and backward over words. These
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 Meta characters are thus analogous to the corresponding control
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124 characters, @kbd{C-f} and @kbd{C-b}, which move over single characters
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 in the text. The analogy extends to numeric arguments, which serve as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 repeat counts. @kbd{M-f} with a negative argument moves backward, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
127 @kbd{M-b} with a negative argument moves forward. Forward motion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128 stops right after the last letter of the word, while backward motion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 stops right before the first letter.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 @kindex M-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132 @findex kill-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 @kbd{M-d} (@code{kill-word}) kills the word after point. To be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 precise, it kills everything from point to the place @kbd{M-f} would
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135 move to. Thus, if point is in the middle of a word, @kbd{M-d} kills
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 just the part after point. If some punctuation comes between point and the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 next word, it is killed along with the word. (If you wish to kill only the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 next word but not the punctuation before it, simply do @kbd{M-f} to get
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 the end, and kill the word backwards with @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 @kbd{M-d} takes arguments just like @kbd{M-f}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 @findex backward-kill-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 @kindex M-DEL
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{backward-kill-word}) kills the word before
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 point. It kills everything from point back to where @kbd{M-b} would
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 move to. For instance, if point is after the space in @w{@samp{FOO,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147 BAR}}, it kills @w{@samp{FOO, }}. If you wish to kill just
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 @samp{FOO}, and not the comma and the space, use @kbd{M-b M-d} instead
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 of @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 @c Don't index M-t and transpose-words here, they are indexed in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 @c fixit.texi, in the node "Transpose".
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 @c @kindex M-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 @c @findex transpose-words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155 @kbd{M-t} (@code{transpose-words}) exchanges the word before or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 containing point with the following word. The delimiter characters between
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 the words do not move. For example, @w{@samp{FOO, BAR}} transposes into
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 @w{@samp{BAR, FOO}} rather than @samp{@w{BAR FOO,}}. @xref{Transpose}, for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 more on transposition.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161 @kindex M-@@
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 @findex mark-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 To operate on the next @var{n} words with an operation which applies
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 between point and mark, you can either set the mark at point and then move
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 over the words, or you can use the command @kbd{M-@@} (@code{mark-word})
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 which does not move point, but sets the mark where @kbd{M-f} would move
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 to. @kbd{M-@@} accepts a numeric argument that says how many words to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 scan for the place to put the mark. In Transient Mark mode, this command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 activates the mark.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 The word commands' understanding of word boundaries is controlled
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 by the syntax table. Any character can, for example, be declared to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 be a word delimiter. @xref{Syntax}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 @node Sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 @section Sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 @cindex sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 @cindex manipulating sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 The Emacs commands for manipulating sentences and paragraphs are mostly
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181 on Meta keys, so as to be like the word-handling commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184 @item M-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 Move back to the beginning of the sentence (@code{backward-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 @item M-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187 Move forward to the end of the sentence (@code{forward-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 @item M-k
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 Kill forward to the end of the sentence (@code{kill-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190 @item C-x @key{DEL}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 Kill back to the beginning of the sentence (@code{backward-kill-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 @kindex M-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 @kindex M-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196 @findex backward-sentence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 @findex forward-sentence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 The commands @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} (@code{backward-sentence} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199 @code{forward-sentence}) move to the beginning and end of the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
200 sentence, respectively. They were chosen to resemble @kbd{C-a} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
201 @kbd{C-e}, which move to the beginning and end of a line. Unlike
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202 them, @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} move over successive sentences if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 repeated.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205 Moving backward over a sentence places point just before the first
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
206 character of the sentence; moving forward places point right after the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
207 punctuation that ends the sentence. Neither one moves over the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
208 whitespace at the sentence boundary.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
209
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
210 @kindex M-k
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
211 @kindex C-x DEL
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
212 @findex kill-sentence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
213 @findex backward-kill-sentence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
214 Just as @kbd{C-a} and @kbd{C-e} have a kill command, @kbd{C-k}, to go
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
215 with them, so @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} have a corresponding kill command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 @kbd{M-k} (@code{kill-sentence}) which kills from point to the end of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 the sentence. With minus one as an argument it kills back to the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 beginning of the sentence. Larger arguments serve as a repeat count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 There is also a command, @kbd{C-x @key{DEL}}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220 (@code{backward-kill-sentence}), for killing back to the beginning of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 sentence. This command is useful when you change your mind in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 middle of composing text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 The sentence commands assume that you follow the American typist's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 convention of putting two spaces at the end of a sentence; they consider
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 a sentence to end wherever there is a @samp{.}, @samp{?} or @samp{!}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 followed by the end of a line or two spaces, with any number of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 @samp{)}, @samp{]}, @samp{'}, or @samp{"} characters allowed in between.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 A sentence also begins or ends wherever a paragraph begins or ends.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 It is useful to follow this convention, because it makes a distinction
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 between periods that end a sentence and periods that indicate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 abbreviations; that enables the Emacs sentence commands to distinguish,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233 too. These commands do not stop for periods that indicate abbreviations.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 @vindex sentence-end-double-space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 If you want to use just one space between sentences, you can set the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 variable @code{sentence-end-double-space} to @code{nil} to make the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 sentence commands stop for single spaces. However, this mode has a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239 drawback: there is no way to distinguish between periods that end
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
240 sentences and those that indicate abbreviations. For convenient and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 reliable editing, we therefore recommend you follow the two-space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242 convention. The variable @code{sentence-end-double-space} also
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 affects filling (@pxref{Fill Commands}) in related ways.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 @vindex sentence-end
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 The variable @code{sentence-end} controls how to recognize the end
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 of a sentence. If non-@code{nil}, it is a regexp that matches the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 last few characters of a sentence, together with the whitespace
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 following the sentence. If the value is @code{nil}, the default, then
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 Emacs computes the regexp according to various criteria such as the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 value of @code{sentence-end-double-space}. @xref{Regexp Example}, for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 a detailed explanation of one of the regular expressions Emacs uses
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 for this purpose.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 @vindex sentence-end-without-period
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 Some languages do not use periods to indicate the end of a sentence.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 For example, sentences in Thai end with a double space but without a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 period. Set the variable @code{sentence-end-without-period} to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 @code{t} in such cases.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 @node Paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 @section Paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 @cindex paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 @cindex manipulating paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 @kindex M-@{
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 @kindex M-@}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 @findex backward-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 @findex forward-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 The Emacs commands for manipulating paragraphs are also on Meta keys.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 @item M-@{
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 Move back to previous paragraph beginning (@code{backward-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 @item M-@}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 Move forward to next paragraph end (@code{forward-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 @item M-h
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 Put point and mark around this or next paragraph (@code{mark-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 @kbd{M-@{} moves to the beginning of the current or previous
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 paragraph, while @kbd{M-@}} moves to the end of the current or next
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 paragraph. Blank lines and text-formatter command lines separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 paragraphs and are not considered part of any paragraph. If there is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 a blank line before the paragraph, @kbd{M-@{} moves to the blank line,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 because that is convenient in practice.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 In Text mode, an indented line is not a paragraph break. If you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 want indented lines to have this effect, use Paragraph-Indent Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290 mode instead. @xref{Text Mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 In major modes for programs, paragraphs begin and end only at blank
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 lines. This makes the paragraph commands useful, even though there
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 are no paragraphs as such in a program.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 When you have set a fill prefix, then paragraphs are delimited by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297 all lines which don't start with the fill prefix. @xref{Filling}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 @kindex M-h
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 @findex mark-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 When you wish to operate on a paragraph, you can use the command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 @kbd{M-h} (@code{mark-paragraph}) to set the region around it. Thus,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 for example, @kbd{M-h C-w} kills the paragraph around or after point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 The @kbd{M-h} command puts point at the beginning and mark at the end of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305 the paragraph point was in. In Transient Mark mode, it activates the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 mark. If point is between paragraphs (in a run of blank lines, or at a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 boundary), the paragraph following point is surrounded by point and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 mark. If there are blank lines preceding the first line of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309 paragraph, one of these blank lines is included in the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 @vindex paragraph-start
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 @vindex paragraph-separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 The precise definition of a paragraph boundary is controlled by the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 variables @code{paragraph-separate} and @code{paragraph-start}. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 value of @code{paragraph-start} is a regexp that should match any line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 that either starts or separates paragraphs. The value of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 @code{paragraph-separate} is another regexp that should match only lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 that separate paragraphs without being part of any paragraph (for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 example, blank lines). Lines that start a new paragraph and are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 contained in it must match only @code{paragraph-start}, not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 @code{paragraph-separate}. Each regular expression must match at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 left margin. For example, in Fundamental mode, @code{paragraph-start}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323 is @w{@code{"\f\\|[ \t]*$"}}, and @code{paragraph-separate} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 @w{@code{"[ \t\f]*$"}}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326 Normally it is desirable for page boundaries to separate paragraphs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 The default values of these variables recognize the usual separator for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 pages.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
329
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 @node Pages
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 @section Pages
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 @cindex pages
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334 @cindex formfeed
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335 Files are often thought of as divided into @dfn{pages} by the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 @dfn{formfeed} character (@acronym{ASCII} control-L, octal code 014).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 When you print hardcopy for a file, this character forces a page break;
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338 thus, each page of the file goes on a separate page on paper. Most Emacs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339 commands treat the page-separator character just like any other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 character: you can insert it with @kbd{C-q C-l}, and delete it with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 @key{DEL}. Thus, you are free to paginate your file or not. However,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 since pages are often meaningful divisions of the file, Emacs provides
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 commands to move over them and operate on them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 @item C-x [
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 Move point to previous page boundary (@code{backward-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 @item C-x ]
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 Move point to next page boundary (@code{forward-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350 @item C-x C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 Put point and mark around this page (or another page) (@code{mark-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 @item C-x l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353 Count the lines in this page (@code{count-lines-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 @kindex C-x [
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 @kindex C-x ]
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 @findex forward-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 @findex backward-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 The @kbd{C-x [} (@code{backward-page}) command moves point to immediately
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 after the previous page delimiter. If point is already right after a page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 delimiter, it skips that one and stops at the previous one. A numeric
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 argument serves as a repeat count. The @kbd{C-x ]} (@code{forward-page})
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 command moves forward past the next page delimiter.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366 @kindex C-x C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 @findex mark-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 The @kbd{C-x C-p} command (@code{mark-page}) puts point at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369 beginning of the current page and the mark at the end. The page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370 delimiter at the end is included (the mark follows it). The page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 delimiter at the front is excluded (point follows it). In Transient
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 Mark mode, this command activates the mark.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 @kbd{C-x C-p C-w} is a handy way to kill a page to move it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 elsewhere. If you move to another page delimiter with @kbd{C-x [} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376 @kbd{C-x ]}, then yank the killed page, all the pages will be properly
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377 delimited once again. The reason @kbd{C-x C-p} includes only the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
378 following page delimiter in the region is to ensure that.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
379
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380 A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x C-p} is used to specify which page to go
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 to, relative to the current one. Zero means the current page. One means
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 the next page, and @minus{}1 means the previous one.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 @kindex C-x l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385 @findex count-lines-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 The @kbd{C-x l} command (@code{count-lines-page}) is good for deciding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 where to break a page in two. It displays in the echo area the total number
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 of lines in the current page, and then divides it up into those preceding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 the current line and those following, as in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 Page has 96 (72+25) lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 Notice that the sum is off by one; this is correct if point is not at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 beginning of a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 @vindex page-delimiter
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 The variable @code{page-delimiter} controls where pages begin. Its
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 value is a regexp that matches the beginning of a line that separates
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402 pages. The normal value of this variable is @code{"^\f"}, which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 matches a formfeed character at the beginning of a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 @node Filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 @section Filling Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 @cindex filling text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409 @dfn{Filling} text means breaking it up into lines that fit a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 specified width. Emacs does filling in two ways. In Auto Fill mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 inserting text with self-inserting characters also automatically fills
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 it. There are also explicit fill commands that you can use when editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 text leaves it unfilled. When you edit formatted text, you can specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 a style of filling for each portion of the text (@pxref{Formatted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 Text}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 * Auto Fill:: Auto Fill mode breaks long lines automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 * Fill Commands:: Commands to refill paragraphs and center lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 * Fill Prefix:: Filling paragraphs that are indented
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 or in a comment, etc.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 * Adaptive Fill:: How Emacs can determine the fill prefix automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 * Refill:: Keeping paragraphs filled.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 * Longlines:: Editing text with very long lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 @node Auto Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 @subsection Auto Fill Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 @cindex Auto Fill mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 @cindex mode, Auto Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 @dfn{Auto Fill} mode is a minor mode in which lines are broken
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 automatically when they become too wide. Breaking happens only when
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 you type a @key{SPC} or @key{RET}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 @item M-x auto-fill-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 Enable or disable Auto Fill mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439 @item @key{SPC}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 @itemx @key{RET}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 In Auto Fill mode, break lines when appropriate.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 @findex auto-fill-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 @kbd{M-x auto-fill-mode} turns Auto Fill mode on if it was off, or off
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 if it was on. With a positive numeric argument it always turns Auto
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 Fill mode on, and with a negative argument always turns it off. You can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 see when Auto Fill mode is in effect by the presence of the word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 @samp{Fill} in the mode line, inside the parentheses. Auto Fill mode is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 a minor mode which is enabled or disabled for each buffer individually.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 @xref{Minor Modes}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 In Auto Fill mode, lines are broken automatically at spaces when they
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 get longer than the desired width. Line breaking and rearrangement
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 takes place only when you type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you wish to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 insert a space or newline without permitting line-breaking, type
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 @kbd{C-q @key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-q C-j} (recall that a newline is really a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 control-J). Also, @kbd{C-o} inserts a newline without line breaking.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 Auto Fill mode works well with programming-language modes, because it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 indents new lines with @key{TAB}. If a line ending in a comment gets
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 too long, the text of the comment is split into two comment lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 Optionally, new comment delimiters are inserted at the end of the first
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 line and the beginning of the second so that each line is a separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465 comment; the variable @code{comment-multi-line} controls the choice
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 (@pxref{Comments}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 Adaptive filling (@pxref{Adaptive Fill}) works for Auto Filling as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 well as for explicit fill commands. It takes a fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470 automatically from the second or first line of a paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 Auto Fill mode does not refill entire paragraphs; it can break lines but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 cannot merge lines. So editing in the middle of a paragraph can result in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 a paragraph that is not correctly filled. The easiest way to make the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 paragraph properly filled again is usually with the explicit fill commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476 @ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 @xref{Fill Commands}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478 @end ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480 Many users like Auto Fill mode and want to use it in all text files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 The section on init files says how to arrange this permanently for yourself.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 @xref{Init File}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 @node Fill Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 @subsection Explicit Fill Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 @item M-q
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
489 Fill current paragraph or active region (@code{fill-paragraph-or-region}).
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 @item C-x f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 Set the fill column (@code{set-fill-column}).
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
492 @item M-x fill-paragraph
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
493 Fill current paragraph (@code{fill-paragraph}).
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 @item M-x fill-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 Fill each paragraph in the region (@code{fill-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 @item M-x fill-region-as-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 Fill the region, considering it as one paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 @item M-s
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 Center a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 @findex fill-paragraph
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
503 To refill a paragraph, use @kbd{M-x fill-paragraph}. This operates
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
504 on the paragraph that point is inside, or the one after point if point
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
505 is between paragraphs. Refilling works by removing all the
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
506 line-breaks, then inserting new ones where necessary.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 @findex fill-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 To refill many paragraphs, use @kbd{M-x fill-region}, which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 finds the paragraphs in the region and fills each of them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
512 @kindex M-q
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
513 @findex fill-paragraph-or-region
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
514 The command @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph-or-region}), operates on
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
515 the active region like @code{fill-region} when the mark is active in
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
516 Transient Mark mode. Otherwise, it operates on the current paragraph
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
517 like @code{fill-paragraph}.
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
518
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 @findex fill-region-as-paragraph
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
520 @kbd{M-q}, @code{fill-paragraph} and @code{fill-region} use the same
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
521 criteria as @kbd{M-h} for finding paragraph boundaries (@pxref{Paragraphs}).
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
522 For more control, you can use @kbd{M-x fill-region-as-paragraph},
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
523 which refills everything between point and mark as a single paragraph.
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
524 This command deletes any blank lines within the region, so separate
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
525 blocks of text end up combined into one block.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 @cindex justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 A numeric argument to @kbd{M-q} tells it to @dfn{justify} the text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 as well as filling it. This means that extra spaces are inserted to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 make the right margin line up exactly at the fill column. To remove
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 the extra spaces, use @kbd{M-q} with no argument. (Likewise for
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
532 @code{fill-paragraph} and @code{fill-region}.) Another way to control
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
533 justification, and choose other styles of filling, is with the
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
534 @code{justification} text property; see @ref{Format Justification}.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 @kindex M-s @r{(Text mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 @cindex centering
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538 @findex center-line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 The command @kbd{M-s} (@code{center-line}) centers the current line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 within the current fill column. With an argument @var{n}, it centers
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541 @var{n} lines individually and moves past them. This binding is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 made by Text mode and is available only in that and related modes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 (@pxref{Text Mode}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 @vindex fill-column
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 @kindex C-x f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 @findex set-fill-column
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 The maximum line width for filling is in the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 @code{fill-column}. Altering the value of @code{fill-column} makes it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 local to the current buffer; until that time, the default value is in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 effect. The default is initially 70. @xref{Locals}. The easiest way
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 to set @code{fill-column} is to use the command @kbd{C-x f}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 (@code{set-fill-column}). With a numeric argument, it uses that as the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 new fill column. With just @kbd{C-u} as argument, it sets
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 @code{fill-column} to the current horizontal position of point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 Emacs commands normally consider a period followed by two spaces or by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 a newline as the end of a sentence; a period followed by just one space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 indicates an abbreviation and not the end of a sentence. To preserve
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 the distinction between these two ways of using a period, the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561 commands do not break a line after a period followed by just one space.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
563 If the variable @code{sentence-end-double-space} is @code{nil}, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 fill commands expect and leave just one space at the end of a sentence.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565 Ordinarily this variable is @code{t}, so the fill commands insist on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 two spaces for the end of a sentence, as explained above. @xref{Sentences}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 @vindex colon-double-space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 If the variable @code{colon-double-space} is non-@code{nil}, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 fill commands put two spaces after a colon.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572 @vindex fill-nobreak-predicate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 The variable @code{fill-nobreak-predicate} is a hook (an abnormal
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 hook, @pxref{Hooks}) specifying additional conditions where
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 line-breaking is not allowed. Each function is called with no
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 arguments, with point at a place where Emacs is considering breaking
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 the line. If a function returns a non-@code{nil} value, then that's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 a bad place to break the line. Two standard functions you can use are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 @code{fill-single-word-nobreak-p} (don't break after the first word of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 a sentence or before the last) and @code{fill-french-nobreak-p} (don't
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 break after @samp{(} or before @samp{)}, @samp{:} or @samp{?}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 @node Fill Prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 @subsection The Fill Prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 @cindex fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 To fill a paragraph in which each line starts with a special marker
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 (which might be a few spaces, giving an indented paragraph), you can use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 the @dfn{fill prefix} feature. The fill prefix is a string that Emacs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 expects every line to start with, and which is not included in filling.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 You can specify a fill prefix explicitly; Emacs can also deduce the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 fill prefix automatically (@pxref{Adaptive Fill}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 @item C-x .
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 Set the fill prefix (@code{set-fill-prefix}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 @item M-q
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
598 Fill a paragraph using current fill prefix (@code{fill-paragraph-or-region}).
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 @item M-x fill-individual-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 Fill the region, considering each change of indentation as starting a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 new paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 @item M-x fill-nonuniform-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 Fill the region, considering only paragraph-separator lines as starting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 a new paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 @kindex C-x .
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 @findex set-fill-prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 To specify a fill prefix for the current buffer, move to a line that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 starts with the desired prefix, put point at the end of the prefix,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 and type @w{@kbd{C-x .}}@: (@code{set-fill-prefix}). (That's a period
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 after the @kbd{C-x}.) To turn off the fill prefix, specify an empty
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 prefix: type @w{@kbd{C-x .}}@: with point at the beginning of a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 When a fill prefix is in effect, the fill commands remove the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 prefix from each line of the paragraph before filling and insert it on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 each line after filling. (The beginning of the first line of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 paragraph is left unchanged, since often that is intentionally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 different.) Auto Fill mode also inserts the fill prefix automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620 when it makes a new line. The @kbd{C-o} command inserts the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 prefix on new lines it creates, when you use it at the beginning of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 line (@pxref{Blank Lines}). Conversely, the command @kbd{M-^} deletes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 the prefix (if it occurs) after the newline that it deletes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 (@pxref{Indentation}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 For example, if @code{fill-column} is 40 and you set the fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 to @samp{;; }, then @kbd{M-q} in the following text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 ;; This is an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 ;; example of a paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 ;; inside a Lisp-style comment.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 produces this:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 ;; This is an example of a paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
640 ;; inside a Lisp-style comment.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643 Lines that do not start with the fill prefix are considered to start
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644 paragraphs, both in @kbd{M-q} and the paragraph commands; this gives
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645 good results for paragraphs with hanging indentation (every line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 indented except the first one). Lines which are blank or indented once
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647 the prefix is removed also separate or start paragraphs; this is what
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
648 you want if you are writing multi-paragraph comments with a comment
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
649 delimiter on each line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651 @findex fill-individual-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 You can use @kbd{M-x fill-individual-paragraphs} to set the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 prefix for each paragraph automatically. This command divides the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 region into paragraphs, treating every change in the amount of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655 indentation as the start of a new paragraph, and fills each of these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656 paragraphs. Thus, all the lines in one ``paragraph'' have the same
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657 amount of indentation. That indentation serves as the fill prefix for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 that paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660 @findex fill-nonuniform-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 @kbd{M-x fill-nonuniform-paragraphs} is a similar command that divides
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
662 the region into paragraphs in a different way. It considers only
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663 paragraph-separating lines (as defined by @code{paragraph-separate}) as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664 starting a new paragraph. Since this means that the lines of one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665 paragraph may have different amounts of indentation, the fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 used is the smallest amount of indentation of any of the lines of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 paragraph. This gives good results with styles that indent a paragraph's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668 first line more or less that the rest of the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670 @vindex fill-prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671 The fill prefix is stored in the variable @code{fill-prefix}. Its value
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672 is a string, or @code{nil} when there is no fill prefix. This is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673 per-buffer variable; altering the variable affects only the current buffer,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674 but there is a default value which you can change as well. @xref{Locals}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 The @code{indentation} text property provides another way to control
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 the amount of indentation paragraphs receive. @xref{Format Indentation}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
678
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679 @node Adaptive Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
680 @subsection Adaptive Filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682 @cindex adaptive filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 The fill commands can deduce the proper fill prefix for a paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 automatically in certain cases: either whitespace or certain punctuation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 characters at the beginning of a line are propagated to all lines of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686 paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 If the paragraph has two or more lines, the fill prefix is taken from
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 the paragraph's second line, but only if it appears on the first line as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 well.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 If a paragraph has just one line, fill commands @emph{may} take a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 prefix from that line. The decision is complicated because there are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 three reasonable things to do in such a case:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 @itemize @bullet
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 Use the first line's prefix on all the lines of the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 Indent subsequent lines with whitespace, so that they line up under the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 text that follows the prefix on the first line, but don't actually copy
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703 the prefix from the first line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706 Don't do anything special with the second and following lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 All three of these styles of formatting are commonly used. So the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 fill commands try to determine what you would like, based on the prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 that appears and on the major mode. Here is how.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 @vindex adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 If the prefix found on the first line matches
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 @code{adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp}, or if it appears to be a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 comment-starting sequence (this depends on the major mode), then the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 prefix found is used for filling the paragraph, provided it would not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 act as a paragraph starter on subsequent lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 Otherwise, the prefix found is converted to an equivalent number of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 spaces, and those spaces are used as the fill prefix for the rest of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 lines, provided they would not act as a paragraph starter on subsequent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 In Text mode, and other modes where only blank lines and page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 delimiters separate paragraphs, the prefix chosen by adaptive filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 never acts as a paragraph starter, so it can always be used for filling.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 @vindex adaptive-fill-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 @vindex adaptive-fill-regexp
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 The variable @code{adaptive-fill-regexp} determines what kinds of line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 beginnings can serve as a fill prefix: any characters at the start of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 the line that match this regular expression are used. If you set the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 variable @code{adaptive-fill-mode} to @code{nil}, the fill prefix is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735 never chosen automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 @vindex adaptive-fill-function
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738 You can specify more complex ways of choosing a fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739 automatically by setting the variable @code{adaptive-fill-function} to a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 function. This function is called with point after the left margin of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741 line, and it should return the appropriate fill prefix based on that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 line. If it returns @code{nil}, @code{adaptive-fill-regexp} gets
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 a chance to find a prefix.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 @node Refill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 @subsection Refill Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 @cindex refilling text, word processor style
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 @cindex modes, Refill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 @cindex Refill minor mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 Refill minor mode provides support for keeping paragraphs filled as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 you type or modify them in other ways. It provides an effect similar
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 to typical word processor behavior. This works by running a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 paragraph-filling command at suitable times.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 To toggle the use of Refill mode in the current buffer, type
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 @kbd{M-x refill-mode}. When you are typing text, only characters
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 which normally trigger auto filling, like the space character, will
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 trigger refilling. This is to avoid making it too slow. Apart from
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 self-inserting characters, other commands which modify the text cause
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 refilling.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 The current implementation is preliminary and not robust. You can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 get better ``line wrapping'' behavior using Longlines mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 @xref{Longlines}. However, Longlines mode has an important
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 side-effect: the newlines that it inserts for you are not saved to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 disk, so the files that you make with Longlines mode will appear to be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 completely unfilled if you edit them without Longlines mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 @node Longlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 @subsection Long Lines Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772 @cindex refilling text, word processor style
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 @cindex modes, Long Lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 @cindex word wrap
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 @cindex Long Lines minor mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 Long Lines mode is a minor mode for @dfn{word wrapping}; it lets you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 edit ``unfilled'' text files, which Emacs would normally display as a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779 bunch of extremely long lines. Many text editors, such as those built
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 into many web browsers, normally do word wrapping.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 @findex longlines-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 To enable Long Lines mode, type @kbd{M-x longlines-mode}. If the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 text is full of long lines, this will ``wrap'' them
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 immediately---i.e., break up to fit in the window. As you edit the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 text, Long Lines mode automatically re-wraps lines by inserting or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 deleting @dfn{soft newlines} as necessary (@pxref{Hard and Soft
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788 Newlines}.) These soft newlines won't show up when you save the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 buffer into a file, or when you copy the text into the kill ring,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 clipboard, or a register.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 @findex longlines-auto-wrap
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 Word wrapping is @emph{not} the same as ordinary filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 (@pxref{Fill Commands}). It does not contract multiple spaces into a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795 single space, recognize fill prefixes (@pxref{Fill Prefix}), or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 perform adaptive filling (@pxref{Adaptive Fill}). The reason for this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 is that a wrapped line is still, conceptually, a single line. Each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 soft newline is equivalent to exactly one space in that long line, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 vice versa. However, you can still call filling functions such as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 @kbd{M-q}, and these will work as expected, inserting soft newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 that won't show up on disk or when the text is copied. You can even
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 rely entirely on the normal fill commands by turning off automatic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 line wrapping, with @kbd{C-u M-x longlines-auto-wrap}. To turn
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 automatic line wrapping back on, type @kbd{M-x longlines-auto-wrap}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 @findex longlines-show-hard-newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 Type @kbd{RET} to insert a hard newline, one which automatic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 refilling will not remove. If you want to see where all the hard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 newlines are, type @kbd{M-x longlines-show-hard-newlines}. This will
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 mark each hard newline with a special symbol. The same command with a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811 prefix argument turns this display off.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813 Long Lines mode does not change normal text files that are already
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 filled, since the existing newlines are considered hard newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 Before Long Lines can do anything, you need to transform each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 paragraph into a long line. One way is to set @code{fill-column} to a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 large number (e.g., @kbd{C-u 9999 C-x f}), re-fill all the paragraphs,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 and then set @code{fill-column} back to its original value.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 @node Case
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 @section Case Conversion Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 @cindex case conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 Emacs has commands for converting either a single word or any arbitrary
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 range of text to upper case or to lower case.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 @item M-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 Convert following word to lower case (@code{downcase-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 @item M-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 Convert following word to upper case (@code{upcase-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 @item M-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 Capitalize the following word (@code{capitalize-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 @item C-x C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835 Convert region to lower case (@code{downcase-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 @item C-x C-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 Convert region to upper case (@code{upcase-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 @kindex M-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 @kindex M-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 @kindex M-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 @cindex words, case conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 @cindex converting text to upper or lower case
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 @cindex capitalizing words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 @findex downcase-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 @findex upcase-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 @findex capitalize-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 The word conversion commands are the most useful. @kbd{M-l}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850 (@code{downcase-word}) converts the word after point to lower case, moving
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 past it. Thus, repeating @kbd{M-l} converts successive words.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 @kbd{M-u} (@code{upcase-word}) converts to all capitals instead, while
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 @kbd{M-c} (@code{capitalize-word}) puts the first letter of the word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 into upper case and the rest into lower case. All these commands convert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 several words at once if given an argument. They are especially convenient
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 for converting a large amount of text from all upper case to mixed case,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 because you can move through the text using @kbd{M-l}, @kbd{M-u} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 @kbd{M-c} on each word as appropriate, occasionally using @kbd{M-f} instead
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 to skip a word.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 When given a negative argument, the word case conversion commands apply
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 to the appropriate number of words before point, but do not move point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 This is convenient when you have just typed a word in the wrong case: you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 can give the case conversion command and continue typing.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 If a word case conversion command is given in the middle of a word,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 it applies only to the part of the word which follows point. (This is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 comparable to what @kbd{M-d} (@code{kill-word}) does.) With a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 negative argument, case conversion applies only to the part of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 word before point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 @kindex C-x C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 @kindex C-x C-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 @findex downcase-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 @findex upcase-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 The other case conversion commands are @kbd{C-x C-u}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 (@code{upcase-region}) and @kbd{C-x C-l} (@code{downcase-region}), which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 convert everything between point and mark to the specified case. Point and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 mark do not move.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 The region case conversion commands @code{upcase-region} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 @code{downcase-region} are normally disabled. This means that they ask
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 for confirmation if you try to use them. When you confirm, you may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 enable the command, which means it will not ask for confirmation again.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885 @xref{Disabling}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 @node Text Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888 @section Text Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 @cindex Text mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 @cindex mode, Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891 @findex text-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 When you edit files of text in a human language, it's more convenient
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 to use Text mode rather than Fundamental mode. To enter Text mode, type
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 @kbd{M-x text-mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 In Text mode, only blank lines and page delimiters separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 paragraphs. As a result, paragraphs can be indented, and adaptive
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 filling determines what indentation to use when filling a paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 @xref{Adaptive Fill}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 @kindex TAB @r{(Text mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 Text mode defines @key{TAB} to run @code{indent-relative}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 (@pxref{Indentation}), so that you can conveniently indent a line like
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 the previous line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 Text mode turns off the features concerned with comments except when
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 you explicitly invoke them. It changes the syntax table so that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 single-quotes are considered part of words. However, if a word starts
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 with single-quotes, these are treated as a prefix for purposes such as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 capitalization. That is, @kbd{M-c} will convert @samp{'hello'} into
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 @samp{'Hello'}, as expected.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 @cindex Paragraph-Indent Text mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 @cindex mode, Paragraph-Indent Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 @findex paragraph-indent-text-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 @findex paragraph-indent-minor-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 If you indent the first lines of paragraphs, then you should use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 Paragraph-Indent Text mode rather than Text mode. In this mode, you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 do not need to have blank lines between paragraphs, because the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 first-line indentation is sufficient to start a paragraph; however
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 paragraphs in which every line is indented are not supported. Use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 @kbd{M-x paragraph-indent-text-mode} to enter this mode. Use @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 paragraph-indent-minor-mode} to enable an equivalent minor mode in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 situations where you can't change the major mode---in mail
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 composition, for instance.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 @kindex M-TAB @r{(Text mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 Text mode, and all the modes based on it, define @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 as the command @code{ispell-complete-word}, which performs completion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 of the partial word in the buffer before point, using the spelling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 dictionary as the space of possible words. @xref{Spelling}. If your
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 window manager defines @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows, you can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 type @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} or @kbd{C-M-i}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 @vindex text-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 Entering Text mode runs the hook @code{text-mode-hook}. Other major
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 modes related to Text mode also run this hook, followed by hooks of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 their own; this includes Paragraph-Indent Text mode, Nroff mode, @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 mode, Outline mode, and Mail mode. Hook functions on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 @code{text-mode-hook} can look at the value of @code{major-mode} to see
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 which of these modes is actually being entered. @xref{Hooks}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 @ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 Emacs provides two other modes for editing text that is to be passed
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 through a text formatter to produce fancy formatted printed output.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 @xref{Nroff Mode}, for editing input to the formatter nroff.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 @xref{TeX Mode,,@TeX{} Mode}, for editing input to the formatter TeX.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 Another mode is used for editing outlines. It allows you to view the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 text at various levels of detail. You can view either the outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 headings alone or both headings and text; you can also hide some of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 headings at lower levels from view to make the high level structure more
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 visible. @xref{Outline Mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 @end ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 @node Outline Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 @section Outline Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 @cindex Outline mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 @cindex mode, Outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 @cindex invisible lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 @findex outline-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 @findex outline-minor-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 @vindex outline-minor-mode-prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 Outline mode is a major mode much like Text mode but intended for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 editing outlines. It allows you to make parts of the text temporarily
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 invisible so that you can see the outline structure. Type @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 outline-mode} to switch to Outline mode as the major mode of the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 buffer.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 When Outline mode makes a line invisible, the line does not appear
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 on the screen. The screen appears exactly as if the invisible line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 were deleted, except that an ellipsis (three periods in a row) appears
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 at the end of the previous visible line. (Multiple consecutive
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 invisible lines produce just one ellipsis.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 Editing commands that operate on lines, such as @kbd{C-n} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 @kbd{C-p}, treat the text of the invisible line as part of the previous
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 visible line. Killing the ellipsis at the end of a visible line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 really kills all the following invisible lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 Outline minor mode provides the same commands as the major mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 Outline mode, but you can use it in conjunction with other major modes.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 Type @kbd{M-x outline-minor-mode} to enable the Outline minor mode in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 the current buffer. You can also specify this in the text of a file,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 with a file local variable of the form @samp{mode: outline-minor}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 (@pxref{File Variables}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 @kindex C-c @@ @r{(Outline minor mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 The major mode, Outline mode, provides special key bindings on the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 @kbd{C-c} prefix. Outline minor mode provides similar bindings with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 @kbd{C-c @@} as the prefix; this is to reduce the conflicts with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 major mode's special commands. (The variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 @code{outline-minor-mode-prefix} controls the prefix used.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 @vindex outline-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 Entering Outline mode runs the hook @code{text-mode-hook} followed by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 the hook @code{outline-mode-hook} (@pxref{Hooks}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 * Format: Outline Format. What the text of an outline looks like.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 * Motion: Outline Motion. Special commands for moving through
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 outlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 * Visibility: Outline Visibility. Commands to control what is visible.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006 * Views: Outline Views. Outlines and multiple views.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 * Foldout:: Folding means zooming in on outlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 @node Outline Format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 @subsection Format of Outlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 @cindex heading lines (Outline mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 @cindex body lines (Outline mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 Outline mode assumes that the lines in the buffer are of two types:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 @dfn{heading lines} and @dfn{body lines}. A heading line represents a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 topic in the outline. Heading lines start with one or more stars; the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 number of stars determines the depth of the heading in the outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 structure. Thus, a heading line with one star is a major topic; all the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 heading lines with two stars between it and the next one-star heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 are its subtopics; and so on. Any line that is not a heading line is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 body line. Body lines belong with the preceding heading line. Here is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 an example:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 * Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 This is the body,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 which says something about the topic of food.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 ** Delicious Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 This is the body of the second-level header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 ** Distasteful Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 This could have
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 a body too, with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 several lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 *** Dormitory Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 * Shelter
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 Another first-level topic with its header line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 A heading line together with all following body lines is called
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 collectively an @dfn{entry}. A heading line together with all following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 deeper heading lines and their body lines is called a @dfn{subtree}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 @vindex outline-regexp
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 You can customize the criterion for distinguishing heading lines by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 setting the variable @code{outline-regexp}. (The recommended ways to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 do this are in a major mode function or with a file local variable.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 Any line whose beginning has a match for this regexp is considered a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 heading line. Matches that start within a line (not at the left
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 margin) do not count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 The length of the matching text determines the level of the heading;
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 longer matches make a more deeply nested level. Thus, for example, if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 a text formatter has commands @samp{@@chapter}, @samp{@@section} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 @samp{@@subsection} to divide the document into chapters and sections,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 you could make those lines count as heading lines by setting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 @code{outline-regexp} to @samp{"@@chap\\|@@\\(sub\\)*section"}. Note
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 the trick: the two words @samp{chapter} and @samp{section} are equally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 long, but by defining the regexp to match only @samp{chap} we ensure
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 that the length of the text matched on a chapter heading is shorter,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 so that Outline mode will know that sections are contained in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 chapters. This works as long as no other command starts with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 @samp{@@chap}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 @vindex outline-level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 You can explicitly specify a rule for calculating the level of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 heading line by setting the variable @code{outline-level}. The value
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 of @code{outline-level} should be a function that takes no arguments
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 and returns the level of the current heading. The recommended ways to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 set this variable are in a major mode command or with a file local
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 variable.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 @node Outline Motion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 @subsection Outline Motion Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 Outline mode provides special motion commands that move backward and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 forward to heading lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 @item C-c C-n
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 Move point to the next visible heading line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 (@code{outline-next-visible-heading}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 @item C-c C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 Move point to the previous visible heading line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 (@code{outline-previous-visible-heading}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 @item C-c C-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 Move point to the next visible heading line at the same level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 as the one point is on (@code{outline-forward-same-level}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 @item C-c C-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 Move point to the previous visible heading line at the same level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 (@code{outline-backward-same-level}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 @item C-c C-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 Move point up to a lower-level (more inclusive) visible heading line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 (@code{outline-up-heading}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 @findex outline-next-visible-heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 @findex outline-previous-visible-heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 @kindex C-c C-n @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 @kindex C-c C-p @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{outline-next-visible-heading}) moves down to the next
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 heading line. @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{outline-previous-visible-heading}) moves
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 similarly backward. Both accept numeric arguments as repeat counts. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 names emphasize that invisible headings are skipped, but this is not really
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 a special feature. All editing commands that look for lines ignore the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 invisible lines automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 @findex outline-up-heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 @findex outline-forward-same-level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 @findex outline-backward-same-level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 @kindex C-c C-f @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 @kindex C-c C-b @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 @kindex C-c C-u @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 More powerful motion commands understand the level structure of headings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 @kbd{C-c C-f} (@code{outline-forward-same-level}) and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{outline-backward-same-level}) move from one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 heading line to another visible heading at the same depth in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 the outline. @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{outline-up-heading}) moves
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 backward to another heading that is less deeply nested.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 @node Outline Visibility
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 @subsection Outline Visibility Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 The other special commands of outline mode are used to make lines visible
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 or invisible. Their names all start with @code{hide} or @code{show}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 Most of them fall into pairs of opposites. They are not undoable; instead,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 you can undo right past them. Making lines visible or invisible is simply
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 not recorded by the undo mechanism.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 Many of these commands act on the ``current'' heading line. If
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 point is on a heading line, that is the current heading line; if point
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 is on a body line, the current heading line is the nearest preceding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 header line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 @item C-c C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 Make the current heading line's body invisible (@code{hide-entry}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 @item C-c C-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 Make the current heading line's body visible (@code{show-entry}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 @item C-c C-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 Make everything under the current heading invisible, not including the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 heading itself (@code{hide-subtree}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 @item C-c C-s
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 Make everything under the current heading visible, including body,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 subheadings, and their bodies (@code{show-subtree}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 @item C-c C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 Make the body of the current heading line, and of all its subheadings,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 invisible (@code{hide-leaves}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 @item C-c C-k
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 Make all subheadings of the current heading line, at all levels,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 visible (@code{show-branches}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 @item C-c C-i
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 Make immediate subheadings (one level down) of the current heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 line visible (@code{show-children}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 @item C-c C-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 Make all body lines in the buffer invisible (@code{hide-body}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 @item C-c C-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 Make all lines in the buffer visible (@code{show-all}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 @item C-c C-q
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 Hide everything except the top @var{n} levels of heading lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 (@code{hide-sublevels}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 @item C-c C-o
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 Hide everything except for the heading or body that point is in, plus
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 the headings leading up from there to the top level of the outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 (@code{hide-other}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 @findex hide-entry
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 @findex show-entry
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 @kindex C-c C-c @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 @kindex C-c C-e @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 Two commands that are exact opposites are @kbd{C-c C-c}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 (@code{hide-entry}) and @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{show-entry}). They apply
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 to the body lines directly following the current heading line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 Subheadings and their bodies are not affected.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 @findex hide-subtree
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 @findex show-subtree
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 @kindex C-c C-s @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 @kindex C-c C-d @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 @cindex subtree (Outline mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 Two more powerful opposites are @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{hide-subtree})
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 and @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{show-subtree}). Both apply to the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 heading line's @dfn{subtree}: its body, all its subheadings, both
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 direct and indirect, and all of their bodies. In other words, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 subtree contains everything following the current heading line, up to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 and not including the next heading of the same or higher rank.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 @findex hide-leaves
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 @findex show-branches
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 @kindex C-c C-l @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 @kindex C-c C-k @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 Intermediate between a visible subtree and an invisible one is having
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 all the subheadings visible but none of the body. There are two
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 commands for doing this, depending on whether you want to hide the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 bodies or make the subheadings visible. They are @kbd{C-c C-l}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 (@code{hide-leaves}) and @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{show-branches}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 @kindex C-c C-i @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 @findex show-children
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 A little weaker than @code{show-branches} is @kbd{C-c C-i}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 (@code{show-children}). It makes just the direct subheadings
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 visible---those one level down. Deeper subheadings remain invisible, if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 they were invisible.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 @findex hide-body
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 @findex show-all
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 @kindex C-c C-t @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 @kindex C-c C-a @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 Two commands have a blanket effect on the whole file. @kbd{C-c C-t}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 (@code{hide-body}) makes all body lines invisible, so that you see just
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 the outline structure (as a special exception, it will not hide lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 at the top of the file, preceding the first header line, even though
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 these are technically body lines). @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{show-all})
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 makes all lines visible. These commands can be thought of as a pair
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 of opposites even though @kbd{C-c C-a} applies to more than just body
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 @findex hide-sublevels
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 @kindex C-c C-q @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 The command @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{hide-sublevels}) hides all but the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 top level headings. With a numeric argument @var{n}, it hides everything
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 except the top @var{n} levels of heading lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 @findex hide-other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 @kindex C-c C-o @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 The command @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{hide-other}) hides everything except
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 the heading and body text that point is in, plus its parents (the headers
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 leading up from there to top level in the outline) and the top level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 headings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 @findex reveal-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 When incremental search finds text that is hidden by Outline mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 it makes that part of the buffer visible. If you exit the search
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 at that position, the text remains visible. You can also
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 automatically make text visible as you navigate in it by using
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 @kbd{M-x reveal-mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 @node Outline Views
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 @subsection Viewing One Outline in Multiple Views
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246 @cindex multiple views of outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 @cindex views of an outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 @cindex outline with multiple views
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 @cindex indirect buffers and outlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 You can display two views of a single outline at the same time, in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 different windows. To do this, you must create an indirect buffer using
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 @kbd{M-x make-indirect-buffer}. The first argument of this command is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 the existing outline buffer name, and its second argument is the name to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 use for the new indirect buffer. @xref{Indirect Buffers}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 Once the indirect buffer exists, you can display it in a window in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 normal fashion, with @kbd{C-x 4 b} or other Emacs commands. The Outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 mode commands to show and hide parts of the text operate on each buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 independently; as a result, each buffer can have its own view. If you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 want more than two views on the same outline, create additional indirect
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 buffers.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 @node Foldout
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 @subsection Folding Editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 @cindex folding editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 The Foldout package extends Outline mode and Outline minor mode with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 ``folding'' commands. The idea of folding is that you zoom in on a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 nested portion of the outline, while hiding its relatives at higher
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 levels.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 Consider an Outline mode buffer with all the text and subheadings under
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 level-1 headings hidden. To look at what is hidden under one of these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 headings, you could use @kbd{C-c C-e} (@kbd{M-x show-entry}) to expose
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 the body, or @kbd{C-c C-i} to expose the child (level-2) headings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 @kindex C-c C-z
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 @findex foldout-zoom-subtree
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 With Foldout, you use @kbd{C-c C-z} (@kbd{M-x foldout-zoom-subtree}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 This exposes the body and child subheadings, and narrows the buffer so
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 that only the @w{level-1} heading, the body and the level-2 headings are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 visible. Now to look under one of the level-2 headings, position the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 cursor on it and use @kbd{C-c C-z} again. This exposes the level-2 body
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 and its level-3 child subheadings and narrows the buffer again. Zooming
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 in on successive subheadings can be done as much as you like. A string
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 in the mode line shows how deep you've gone.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 When zooming in on a heading, to see only the child subheadings specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 a numeric argument: @kbd{C-u C-c C-z}. The number of levels of children
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 can be specified too (compare @kbd{M-x show-children}), e.g.@: @kbd{M-2
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 C-c C-z} exposes two levels of child subheadings. Alternatively, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 body can be specified with a negative argument: @kbd{M-- C-c C-z}. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 whole subtree can be expanded, similarly to @kbd{C-c C-s} (@kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 show-subtree}), by specifying a zero argument: @kbd{M-0 C-c C-z}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 While you're zoomed in, you can still use Outline mode's exposure and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 hiding functions without disturbing Foldout. Also, since the buffer is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 narrowed, ``global'' editing actions will only affect text under the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 zoomed-in heading. This is useful for restricting changes to a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 particular chapter or section of your document.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 @kindex C-c C-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 @findex foldout-exit-fold
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 To unzoom (exit) a fold, use @kbd{C-c C-x} (@kbd{M-x foldout-exit-fold}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 This hides all the text and subheadings under the top-level heading and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 returns you to the previous view of the buffer. Specifying a numeric
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 argument exits that many levels of folds. Specifying a zero argument
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 exits all folds.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 To cancel the narrowing of a fold without hiding the text and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 subheadings, specify a negative argument. For example, @kbd{M--2 C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 C-x} exits two folds and leaves the text and subheadings exposed.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 Foldout mode also provides mouse commands for entering and exiting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 folds, and for showing and hiding text:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 @table @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 @item @kbd{C-M-Mouse-1} zooms in on the heading clicked on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 @itemize @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 single click: expose body.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 double click: expose subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 triple click: expose body and subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 quad click: expose entire subtree.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 @item @kbd{C-M-Mouse-2} exposes text under the heading clicked on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 @itemize @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 single click: expose body.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 double click: expose subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 triple click: expose body and subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 quad click: expose entire subtree.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 @item @kbd{C-M-Mouse-3} hides text under the heading clicked on or exits fold
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 @itemize @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 single click: hide subtree.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 double click: exit fold and hide text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 triple click: exit fold without hiding text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 quad click: exit all folds and hide text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 @vindex foldout-mouse-modifiers
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 You can specify different modifier keys (instead of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 @kbd{Control-Meta-}) by setting @code{foldout-mouse-modifiers}; but if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 you have already loaded the @file{foldout.el} library, you must reload
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 it in order for this to take effect.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 To use the Foldout package, you can type @kbd{M-x load-library
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 @key{RET} foldout @key{RET}}; or you can arrange for to do that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 automatically by putting this in your @file{.emacs} file:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 (eval-after-load "outline" '(require 'foldout))
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 @node TeX Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 @section @TeX{} Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 @cindex @TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 @cindex La@TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 @cindex Sli@TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 @cindex Doc@TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 @cindex mode, @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 @cindex mode, La@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 @cindex mode, Sli@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 @cindex mode, Doc@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 @findex tex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 @findex plain-tex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 @findex latex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 @findex slitex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 @findex doctex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 @TeX{} is a powerful text formatter written by Donald Knuth; it is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 also free software, like GNU Emacs. La@TeX{} is a simplified input
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 format for @TeX{}, implemented by @TeX{} macros; it comes with @TeX{}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 Sli@TeX{} is a special form of La@TeX{}.@footnote{Sli@TeX{} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 obsoleted by the @samp{slides} document class and other alternative
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 packages in recent La@TeX{} versions.} Doc@TeX{} (@file{.dtx}) is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 special file format in which the La@TeX{} sources are written,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 combining sources with documentation.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 Emacs has a special @TeX{} mode for editing @TeX{} input files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 It provides facilities for checking the balance of delimiters and for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 invoking @TeX{} on all or part of the file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 @vindex tex-default-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 @TeX{} mode has four variants: Plain @TeX{} mode, La@TeX{} mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 Sli@TeX{} mode, and Doc@TeX{} mode (these distinct major modes differ
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 only slightly). They are designed for editing the four different
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 formats. The command @kbd{M-x tex-mode} looks at the contents of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 buffer to determine whether the contents appear to be either La@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 input, Sli@TeX{}, or Doc@TeX{} input; if so, it selects the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 appropriate mode. If the file contents do not appear to be La@TeX{},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 Sli@TeX{} or Doc@TeX{}, it selects Plain @TeX{} mode. If the contents
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 are insufficient to determine this, the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 @code{tex-default-mode} controls which mode is used.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 When @kbd{M-x tex-mode} does not guess right, you can use the commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 @kbd{M-x plain-tex-mode}, @kbd{M-x latex-mode}, @kbd{M-x slitex-mode},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 and @kbd{doctex-mode} to select explicitly the particular variants of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 @TeX{} mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 * Editing: TeX Editing. Special commands for editing in TeX mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 * LaTeX: LaTeX Editing. Additional commands for LaTeX input files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 * Printing: TeX Print. Commands for printing part of a file with TeX.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 * Misc: TeX Misc. Customization of TeX mode, and related features.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 @node TeX Editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 @subsection @TeX{} Editing Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 Here are the special commands provided in @TeX{} mode for editing the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 text of the file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 @item "
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 Insert, according to context, either @samp{``} or @samp{"} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 @samp{''} (@code{tex-insert-quote}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 @item C-j
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 Insert a paragraph break (two newlines) and check the previous
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 paragraph for unbalanced braces or dollar signs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 (@code{tex-terminate-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 @item M-x tex-validate-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 Check each paragraph in the region for unbalanced braces or dollar signs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 @item C-c @{
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 Insert @samp{@{@}} and position point between them (@code{tex-insert-braces}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 @item C-c @}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 Move forward past the next unmatched close brace (@code{up-list}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 @findex tex-insert-quote
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 @kindex " @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 In @TeX{}, the character @samp{"} is not normally used; we use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 @samp{``} to start a quotation and @samp{''} to end one. To make
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 editing easier under this formatting convention, @TeX{} mode overrides
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 the normal meaning of the key @kbd{"} with a command that inserts a pair
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 of single-quotes or backquotes (@code{tex-insert-quote}). To be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 precise, this command inserts @samp{``} after whitespace or an open
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 brace, @samp{"} after a backslash, and @samp{''} after any other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 If you need the character @samp{"} itself in unusual contexts, use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 @kbd{C-q} to insert it. Also, @kbd{"} with a numeric argument always
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 inserts that number of @samp{"} characters. You can turn off the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 feature of @kbd{"} expansion by eliminating that binding in the local
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 map (@pxref{Key Bindings}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 In @TeX{} mode, @samp{$} has a special syntax code which attempts to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 understand the way @TeX{} math mode delimiters match. When you insert a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 @samp{$} that is meant to exit math mode, the position of the matching
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 @samp{$} that entered math mode is displayed for a second. This is the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 same feature that displays the open brace that matches a close brace that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 is inserted. However, there is no way to tell whether a @samp{$} enters
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 math mode or leaves it; so when you insert a @samp{$} that enters math
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 mode, the previous @samp{$} position is shown as if it were a match, even
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 though they are actually unrelated.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 @findex tex-insert-braces
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 @kindex C-c @{ @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 @findex up-list
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 @kindex C-c @} @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 @TeX{} uses braces as delimiters that must match. Some users prefer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 to keep braces balanced at all times, rather than inserting them
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 singly. Use @kbd{C-c @{} (@code{tex-insert-braces}) to insert a pair of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 braces. It leaves point between the two braces so you can insert the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 text that belongs inside. Afterward, use the command @kbd{C-c @}}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 (@code{up-list}) to move forward past the close brace.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 @findex tex-validate-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 @findex tex-terminate-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 @kindex C-j @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 There are two commands for checking the matching of braces. @kbd{C-j}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 (@code{tex-terminate-paragraph}) checks the paragraph before point, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 inserts two newlines to start a new paragraph. It outputs a message in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 the echo area if any mismatch is found. @kbd{M-x tex-validate-region}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 checks a region, paragraph by paragraph. The errors are listed in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 @samp{*Occur*} buffer, and you can use @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{Mouse-2} in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 that buffer to go to a particular mismatch.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 Note that Emacs commands count square brackets and parentheses in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 @TeX{} mode, not just braces. This is not strictly correct for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 purpose of checking @TeX{} syntax. However, parentheses and square
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 brackets are likely to be used in text as matching delimiters and it is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 useful for the various motion commands and automatic match display to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 work with them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 @node LaTeX Editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 @subsection La@TeX{} Editing Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 La@TeX{} mode, and its variant, Sli@TeX{} mode, provide a few extra
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 features not applicable to plain @TeX{}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 @item C-c C-o
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 Insert @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} for La@TeX{} block and position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 point on a line between them (@code{tex-latex-block}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 @item C-c C-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 Close the innermost La@TeX{} block not yet closed
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 (@code{tex-close-latex-block}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 @findex tex-latex-block
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 @kindex C-c C-o @r{(La@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 @vindex latex-block-names
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 In La@TeX{} input, @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} commands are used to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 group blocks of text. To insert a @samp{\begin} and a matching
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 @samp{\end} (on a new line following the @samp{\begin}), use @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 C-o} (@code{tex-latex-block}). A blank line is inserted between the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 two, and point is left there. You can use completion when you enter the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 block type; to specify additional block type names beyond the standard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 list, set the variable @code{latex-block-names}. For example, here's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 how to add @samp{theorem}, @samp{corollary}, and @samp{proof}:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 (setq latex-block-names '("theorem" "corollary" "proof"))
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 @findex tex-close-latex-block
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 @kindex C-c C-e @r{(La@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 In La@TeX{} input, @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} commands must
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 balance. You can use @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{tex-close-latex-block}) to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 insert automatically a matching @samp{\end} to match the last unmatched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 @samp{\begin}. It indents the @samp{\end} to match the corresponding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 @samp{\begin}. It inserts a newline after @samp{\end} if point is at
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 the beginning of a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 @node TeX Print
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 @subsection @TeX{} Printing Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 You can invoke @TeX{} as an inferior of Emacs on either the entire
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 contents of the buffer or just a region at a time. Running @TeX{} in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 this way on just one chapter is a good way to see what your changes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 look like without taking the time to format the entire file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 @item C-c C-r
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 Invoke @TeX{} on the current region, together with the buffer's header
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 (@code{tex-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 @item C-c C-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 Invoke @TeX{} on the entire current buffer (@code{tex-buffer}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 @item C-c @key{TAB}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 Invoke Bib@TeX{} on the current file (@code{tex-bibtex-file}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 @item C-c C-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 Invoke @TeX{} on the current file (@code{tex-file}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 @item C-c C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 Recenter the window showing output from the inferior @TeX{} so that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 the last line can be seen (@code{tex-recenter-output-buffer}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 @item C-c C-k
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 Kill the @TeX{} subprocess (@code{tex-kill-job}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 @item C-c C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 Print the output from the last @kbd{C-c C-r}, @kbd{C-c C-b}, or @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 C-f} command (@code{tex-print}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 @item C-c C-v
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 Preview the output from the last @kbd{C-c C-r}, @kbd{C-c C-b}, or @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 C-f} command (@code{tex-view}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 @item C-c C-q
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 Show the printer queue (@code{tex-show-print-queue}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 @item C-c C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570 Invoke some other compilation command on the entire current buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 (@code{tex-compile}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 @findex tex-buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 @kindex C-c C-b @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 @findex tex-print
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 @kindex C-c C-p @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578 @findex tex-view
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 @kindex C-c C-v @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 @findex tex-show-print-queue
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581 @kindex C-c C-q @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 You can pass the current buffer through an inferior @TeX{} by means of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583 @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{tex-buffer}). The formatted output appears in a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 temporary file; to print it, type @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{tex-print}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585 Afterward, you can use @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{tex-show-print-queue}) to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 view the progress of your output towards being printed. If your terminal
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 has the ability to display @TeX{} output files, you can preview the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 output on the terminal with @kbd{C-c C-v} (@code{tex-view}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 @cindex @env{TEXINPUTS} environment variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 @vindex tex-directory
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 You can specify the directory to use for running @TeX{} by setting the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 variable @code{tex-directory}. @code{"."} is the default value. If
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 your environment variable @env{TEXINPUTS} contains relative directory
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 names, or if your files contains @samp{\input} commands with relative
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 file names, then @code{tex-directory} @emph{must} be @code{"."} or you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 will get the wrong results. Otherwise, it is safe to specify some other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 directory, such as @code{"/tmp"}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 @vindex tex-run-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 @vindex latex-run-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 @vindex slitex-run-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 @vindex tex-dvi-print-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 @vindex tex-dvi-view-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 @vindex tex-show-queue-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 If you want to specify which shell commands are used in the inferior @TeX{},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 you can do so by setting the values of the variables @code{tex-run-command},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 @code{latex-run-command}, @code{slitex-run-command},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 @code{tex-dvi-print-command}, @code{tex-dvi-view-command}, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 @code{tex-show-queue-command}. The default values may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 (or may not) be appropriate for your system.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 Normally, the file name given to these commands comes at the end of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 the command string; for example, @samp{latex @var{filename}}. In some
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 cases, however, the file name needs to be embedded in the command; an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 example is when you need to provide the file name as an argument to one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 command whose output is piped to another. You can specify where to put
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 the file name with @samp{*} in the command string. For example,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 (setq tex-dvi-print-command "dvips -f * | lpr")
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 @findex tex-kill-job
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 @kindex C-c C-k @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 @findex tex-recenter-output-buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 @kindex C-c C-l @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 The terminal output from @TeX{}, including any error messages, appears
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 in a buffer called @samp{*tex-shell*}. If @TeX{} gets an error, you can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 switch to this buffer and feed it input (this works as in Shell mode;
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 @pxref{Interactive Shell}). Without switching to this buffer you can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 scroll it so that its last line is visible by typing @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 C-l}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 Type @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{tex-kill-job}) to kill the @TeX{} process if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 you see that its output is no longer useful. Using @kbd{C-c C-b} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 @kbd{C-c C-r} also kills any @TeX{} process still running.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 @findex tex-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 @kindex C-c C-r @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 You can also pass an arbitrary region through an inferior @TeX{} by typing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{tex-region}). This is tricky, however, because most files
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 of @TeX{} input contain commands at the beginning to set parameters and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 define macros, without which no later part of the file will format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 correctly. To solve this problem, @kbd{C-c C-r} allows you to designate a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 part of the file as containing essential commands; it is included before
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 the specified region as part of the input to @TeX{}. The designated part
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 of the file is called the @dfn{header}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 @cindex header (@TeX{} mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 To indicate the bounds of the header in Plain @TeX{} mode, you insert two
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 special strings in the file. Insert @samp{%**start of header} before the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 header, and @samp{%**end of header} after it. Each string must appear
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 entirely on one line, but there may be other text on the line before or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 after. The lines containing the two strings are included in the header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 If @samp{%**start of header} does not appear within the first 100 lines of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 the buffer, @kbd{C-c C-r} assumes that there is no header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 In La@TeX{} mode, the header begins with @samp{\documentclass} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 @samp{\documentstyle} and ends with @samp{\begin@{document@}}. These
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 are commands that La@TeX{} requires you to use in any case, so nothing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 special needs to be done to identify the header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 @findex tex-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 @kindex C-c C-f @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 The commands (@code{tex-buffer}) and (@code{tex-region}) do all of their
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 work in a temporary directory, and do not have available any of the auxiliary
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 files needed by @TeX{} for cross-references; these commands are generally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 not suitable for running the final copy in which all of the cross-references
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 need to be correct.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 When you want the auxiliary files for cross references, use @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 C-f} (@code{tex-file}) which runs @TeX{} on the current buffer's file,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 in that file's directory. Before running @TeX{}, it offers to save any
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 modified buffers. Generally, you need to use (@code{tex-file}) twice to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 get the cross-references right.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 @vindex tex-start-options
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 The value of the variable @code{tex-start-options} specifies
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 options for the @TeX{} run.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 @vindex tex-start-commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 The value of the variable @code{tex-start-commands} specifies @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 commands for starting @TeX{}. The default value causes @TeX{} to run
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 in nonstop mode. To run @TeX{} interactively, set the variable to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 @code{""}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 @vindex tex-main-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 Large @TeX{} documents are often split into several files---one main
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 file, plus subfiles. Running @TeX{} on a subfile typically does not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 work; you have to run it on the main file. In order to make
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 @code{tex-file} useful when you are editing a subfile, you can set the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 variable @code{tex-main-file} to the name of the main file. Then
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 @code{tex-file} runs @TeX{} on that file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 The most convenient way to use @code{tex-main-file} is to specify it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 in a local variable list in each of the subfiles. @xref{File
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 Variables}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 @findex tex-bibtex-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 @kindex C-c TAB @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 @vindex tex-bibtex-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 For La@TeX{} files, you can use Bib@TeX{} to process the auxiliary
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 file for the current buffer's file. Bib@TeX{} looks up bibliographic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 citations in a data base and prepares the cited references for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 bibliography section. The command @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 (@code{tex-bibtex-file}) runs the shell command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 (@code{tex-bibtex-command}) to produce a @samp{.bbl} file for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 current buffer's file. Generally, you need to do @kbd{C-c C-f}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 (@code{tex-file}) once to generate the @samp{.aux} file, then do
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{tex-bibtex-file}), and then repeat @kbd{C-c C-f}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 (@code{tex-file}) twice more to get the cross-references correct.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 @findex tex-compile
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 @kindex C-c C-c @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 To invoke some other compilation program on the current @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 buffer, type @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{tex-compile}). This command knows
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 how to pass arguments to many common programs, including
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 @file{pdflatex}, @file{yap}, @file{xdvi}, and @file{dvips}. You can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 select your desired compilation program using the standard completion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 keys (@pxref{Completion}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 @node TeX Misc
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 @subsection @TeX{} Mode Miscellany
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 @vindex tex-shell-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 @vindex tex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 @vindex latex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 @vindex slitex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 @vindex plain-tex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 Entering any variant of @TeX{} mode runs the hooks
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 @code{text-mode-hook} and @code{tex-mode-hook}. Then it runs either
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 @code{plain-tex-mode-hook}, @code{latex-mode-hook}, or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 @code{slitex-mode-hook}, whichever is appropriate. Starting the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 @TeX{} shell runs the hook @code{tex-shell-hook}. @xref{Hooks}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 @findex iso-iso2tex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738 @findex iso-tex2iso
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 @findex iso-iso2gtex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 @findex iso-gtex2iso
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 @cindex Latin-1 @TeX{} encoding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 @cindex @TeX{} encoding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 The commands @kbd{M-x iso-iso2tex}, @kbd{M-x iso-tex2iso}, @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 iso-iso2gtex} and @kbd{M-x iso-gtex2iso} can be used to convert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 between Latin-1 encoded files and @TeX{}-encoded equivalents.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 @ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 @c Too cryptic to be useful, too cryptic for me to make it better -- rms.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 They
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749 are included by default in the @code{format-alist} variable, so they
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 can be used with @kbd{M-x format-find-file}, for instance.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 @end ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 @ignore @c Not worth documenting if it is only for Czech -- rms.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 @findex tildify-buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 @findex tildify-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 @cindex ties, @TeX{}, inserting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 @cindex hard spaces, @TeX{}, inserting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 The commands @kbd{M-x tildify-buffer} and @kbd{M-x tildify-region}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 insert @samp{~} (@dfn{tie}) characters where they are conventionally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 required. This is set up for Czech---customize the group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 @samp{tildify} for other languages or for other sorts of markup.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 @end ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 @cindex Ref@TeX{} package
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 @cindex references, La@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 @cindex La@TeX{} references
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 For managing all kinds of references for La@TeX{}, you can use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 Ref@TeX{}. @inforef{Top,, reftex}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 @node HTML Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 @section SGML, XML, and HTML Modes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 The major modes for SGML and HTML include indentation support and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 commands to operate on tags. This section describes the special
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 commands of these modes. (HTML mode is a slightly customized variant
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 of SGML mode.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 @item C-c C-n
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 @kindex C-c C-n @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 @findex sgml-name-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 Interactively specify a special character and insert the SGML
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 @samp{&}-command for that character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 @item C-c C-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 @kindex C-c C-t @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 @findex sgml-tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 Interactively specify a tag and its attributes (@code{sgml-tag}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 This command asks you for a tag name and for the attribute values,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 then inserts both the opening tag and the closing tag, leaving point
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 between them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 With a prefix argument @var{n}, the command puts the tag around the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 @var{n} words already present in the buffer after point. With
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 @minus{}1 as argument, it puts the tag around the region. (In
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 Transient Mark mode, it does this whenever a region is active.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 @item C-c C-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 @kindex C-c C-a @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 @findex sgml-attributes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 Interactively insert attribute values for the current tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 (@code{sgml-attributes}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 @item C-c C-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 @kindex C-c C-f @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 @findex sgml-skip-tag-forward
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 Skip across a balanced tag group (which extends from an opening tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 through its corresponding closing tag) (@code{sgml-skip-tag-forward}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 A numeric argument acts as a repeat count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 @item C-c C-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 @kindex C-c C-b @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 @findex sgml-skip-tag-backward
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 Skip backward across a balanced tag group (which extends from an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 opening tag through its corresponding closing tag)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 (@code{sgml-skip-tag-forward}). A numeric argument acts as a repeat
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 @item C-c C-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 @kindex C-c C-d @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 @findex sgml-delete-tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 Delete the tag at or after point, and delete the matching tag too
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 (@code{sgml-delete-tag}). If the tag at or after point is an opening
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 tag, delete the closing tag too; if it is a closing tag, delete the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 opening tag too.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 @item C-c ? @var{tag} @key{RET}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 @kindex C-c ? @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 @findex sgml-tag-help
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 Display a description of the meaning of tag @var{tag}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 (@code{sgml-tag-help}). If the argument @var{tag} is empty, describe
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 the tag at point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 @item C-c /
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 @kindex C-c / @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 @findex sgml-close-tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 Insert a close tag for the innermost unterminated tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 (@code{sgml-close-tag}). If called from within a tag or a comment,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 close this element instead of inserting a close tag.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 @item C-c 8
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 @kindex C-c 8 @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 @findex sgml-name-8bit-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 Toggle a minor mode in which Latin-1 characters insert the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 corresponding SGML commands that stand for them, instead of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 characters themselves (@code{sgml-name-8bit-mode}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 @item C-c C-v
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 @kindex C-c C-v @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 @findex sgml-validate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 Run a shell command (which you must specify) to validate the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 buffer as SGML (@code{sgml-validate}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 @item C-c TAB
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 @kindex C-c TAB @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 @findex sgml-tags-invisible
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 Toggle the visibility of existing tags in the buffer. This can be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 used as a cheap preview.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 @vindex sgml-xml-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 SGML mode and HTML mode support XML also. In XML, every opening tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 must have an explicit closing tag. When @code{sgml-xml-mode} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 non-@code{nil}, SGML mode and HTML mode always insert explicit
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 closing tags. When you visit a file, these modes determine from the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 file contents whether it is XML or not, and set @code{sgml-xml-mode}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 accordingly, so that they do the right thing for the file in either
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 case.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 @node Nroff Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 @section Nroff Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 @cindex nroff
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 @findex nroff-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 Nroff mode is a mode like Text mode but modified to handle nroff commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 present in the text. Invoke @kbd{M-x nroff-mode} to enter this mode. It
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 differs from Text mode in only a few ways. All nroff command lines are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 considered paragraph separators, so that filling will never garble the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 nroff commands. Pages are separated by @samp{.bp} commands. Comments
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 start with backslash-doublequote. Also, three special commands are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 provided that are not in Text mode:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 @findex forward-text-line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 @findex backward-text-line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 @findex count-text-lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 @kindex M-n @r{(Nroff mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 @kindex M-p @r{(Nroff mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 @kindex M-? @r{(Nroff mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 @item M-n
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 Move to the beginning of the next line that isn't an nroff command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 (@code{forward-text-line}). An argument is a repeat count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 @item M-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 Like @kbd{M-n} but move up (@code{backward-text-line}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 @item M-?
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 Displays in the echo area the number of text lines (lines that are not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 nroff commands) in the region (@code{count-text-lines}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 @findex electric-nroff-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 The other feature of Nroff mode is that you can turn on Electric Nroff
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 mode. This is a minor mode that you can turn on or off with @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 electric-nroff-mode} (@pxref{Minor Modes}). When the mode is on, each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 time you use @key{RET} to end a line that contains an nroff command that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 opens a kind of grouping, the matching nroff command to close that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 grouping is automatically inserted on the following line. For example,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 if you are at the beginning of a line and type @kbd{.@: ( b @key{RET}},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 this inserts the matching command @samp{.)b} on a new line following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 If you use Outline minor mode with Nroff mode (@pxref{Outline Mode}),
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 heading lines are lines of the form @samp{.H} followed by a number (the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 header level).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 @vindex nroff-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 Entering Nroff mode runs the hook @code{text-mode-hook}, followed by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 the hook @code{nroff-mode-hook} (@pxref{Hooks}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 @node Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 @section Editing Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 @cindex Enriched mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 @cindex mode, Enriched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 @cindex formatted text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 @cindex WYSIWYG
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 @cindex word processing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 @dfn{Enriched mode} is a minor mode for editing files that contain
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 formatted text in WYSIWYG fashion, as in a word processor. Currently,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 formatted text in Enriched mode can specify fonts, colors, underlining,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 margins, and types of filling and justification. In the future, we plan
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 to implement other formatting features as well.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 Enriched mode is a minor mode (@pxref{Minor Modes}). It is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 typically used in conjunction with Text mode (@pxref{Text Mode}), but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 you can also use it with other major modes such as Outline mode and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 Paragraph-Indent Text mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 @cindex text/enriched MIME format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 Potentially, Emacs can store formatted text files in various file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 formats. Currently, only one format is implemented: @dfn{text/enriched}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 format, which is defined by the MIME protocol. @xref{Format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 Conversion,, Format Conversion, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 for details of how Emacs recognizes and converts file formats.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 The Emacs distribution contains a formatted text file that can serve as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 an example. Its name is @file{etc/enriched.doc}. It contains samples
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 illustrating all the features described in this section. It also
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 contains a list of ideas for future enhancements.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 * Requesting Formatted Text:: Entering and exiting Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 * Hard and Soft Newlines:: There are two different kinds of newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 * Editing Format Info:: How to edit text properties.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 * Faces: Format Faces. Bold, italic, underline, etc.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 * Color: Format Colors. Changing the color of text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 * Indent: Format Indentation. Changing the left and right margins.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 * Justification: Format Justification.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 Centering, setting text flush with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 left or right margin, etc.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 * Other: Format Properties. The "special" text properties submenu.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 * Forcing Enriched Mode:: How to force use of Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 @node Requesting Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 @subsection Requesting to Edit Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 Whenever you visit a file that Emacs saved in the text/enriched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 format, Emacs automatically converts the formatting information in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 file into Emacs's own internal format (known as @dfn{text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 properties}), and turns on Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 @findex enriched-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 To create a new file of formatted text, first visit the nonexistent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 file, then type @kbd{M-x enriched-mode} before you start inserting text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 This command turns on Enriched mode. Do this before you begin inserting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 text, to ensure that the text you insert is handled properly.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 More generally, the command @code{enriched-mode} turns Enriched mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 on if it was off, and off if it was on. With a prefix argument, this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 command turns Enriched mode on if the argument is positive, and turns
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 the mode off otherwise.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 When you save a buffer while Enriched mode is enabled in it, Emacs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 automatically converts the text to text/enriched format while writing it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 into the file. When you visit the file again, Emacs will automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 recognize the format, reconvert the text, and turn on Enriched mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 again.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 @vindex enriched-translations
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 You can add annotations for saving additional text properties, which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 Emacs normally does not save, by adding to @code{enriched-translations}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 Note that the text/enriched standard requires any non-standard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 annotations to have names starting with @samp{x-}, as in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 @samp{x-read-only}. This ensures that they will not conflict with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 standard annotations that may be added later.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 @xref{Text Properties,,, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 for more information about text properties.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 @node Hard and Soft Newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 @subsection Hard and Soft Newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 @cindex hard newline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 @cindex soft newline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 @cindex newlines, hard and soft
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 @cindex use-hard-newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 In formatted text, Emacs distinguishes between two different kinds of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 newlines, @dfn{hard} newlines and @dfn{soft} newlines. (You can enable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 or disable this feature separately in any buffer with the command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 @code{use-hard-newlines}.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 Hard newlines are used to separate paragraphs, or items in a list, or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 anywhere that there should always be a line break regardless of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 margins. The @key{RET} command (@code{newline}) and @kbd{C-o}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 (@code{open-line}) insert hard newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 Soft newlines are used to make text fit between the margins. All the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 fill commands, including Auto Fill, insert soft newlines---and they
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 delete only soft newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 Although hard and soft newlines look the same, it is important to bear
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 the difference in mind. Do not use @key{RET} to break lines in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 middle of filled paragraphs, or else you will get hard newlines that are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 barriers to further filling. Instead, let Auto Fill mode break lines,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 so that if the text or the margins change, Emacs can refill the lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 properly. @xref{Auto Fill}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 On the other hand, in tables and lists, where the lines should always
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 remain as you type them, you can use @key{RET} to end lines. For these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 lines, you may also want to set the justification style to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 @code{unfilled}. @xref{Format Justification}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 @node Editing Format Info
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 @subsection Editing Format Information
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 There are two ways to alter the formatting information for a formatted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 text file: with keyboard commands, and with the mouse.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 The easiest way to add properties to your document is with the Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 Properties menu. You can get to this menu in two ways: from the Edit
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 menu in the menu bar (use @kbd{@key{F10} e t} if you have no mouse),
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 or with @kbd{C-Mouse-2} (hold the @key{CTRL} key and press the middle
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 mouse button). There are also keyboard commands described in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 following section.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 Most of the items in the Text Properties menu lead to other submenus.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 These are described in the sections that follow. Some items run
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 commands directly:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 @findex facemenu-remove-face-props
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 @item Remove Face Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 Delete from the region all face and color text properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 (@code{facemenu-remove-face-props}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 @findex facemenu-remove-all
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 @item Remove Text Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 Delete @emph{all} text properties from the region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 (@code{facemenu-remove-all}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 @findex describe-text-properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 @cindex text properties of characters
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 @cindex overlays at character position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 @cindex widgets at buffer position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 @cindex buttons at buffer position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 @item Describe Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 List all the text properties, widgets, buttons, and overlays of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 character following point (@code{describe-text-properties}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 @item Display Faces
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 Display a list of all the defined faces (@code{list-faces-display}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 @item Display Colors
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 Display a list of all the defined colors (@code{list-colors-display}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 @node Format Faces
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 @subsection Faces in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 The Faces submenu lists various Emacs faces including @code{bold},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 @code{italic}, and @code{underline} (@pxref{Faces}). These menu items
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 operate on the region if it is active and nonempty. Otherwise, they
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 specify to use that face for an immediately following self-inserting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 character. Instead of the menu, you can use these keyboard commands:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 @kindex M-o d @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 @findex facemenu-set-default
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 @item M-o d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 Remove all @code{face} properties from the region (which includes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 specified colors), or force the following inserted character to have no
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 @code{face} property (@code{facemenu-set-default}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 @kindex M-o b @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 @findex facemenu-set-bold
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 @item M-o b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 Add the face @code{bold} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 character (@code{facemenu-set-bold}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 @kindex M-o i @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 @findex facemenu-set-italic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 @item M-o i
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 Add the face @code{italic} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 character (@code{facemenu-set-italic}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 @kindex M-o l @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 @findex facemenu-set-bold-italic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 @item M-o l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 Add the face @code{bold-italic} to the region or to the following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 inserted character (@code{facemenu-set-bold-italic}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 @kindex M-o u @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 @findex facemenu-set-underline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 @item M-o u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 Add the face @code{underline} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 character (@code{facemenu-set-underline}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 @kindex M-o o @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 @findex facemenu-set-face
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 @item M-o o @var{face} @key{RET}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 Add the face @var{face} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 character (@code{facemenu-set-face}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 With a prefix argument, all these commands apply to an immediately
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 following self-inserting character, disregarding the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 A self-inserting character normally inherits the @code{face}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 property (and most other text properties) from the preceding character
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 in the buffer. If you use the above commands to specify face for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 next self-inserting character, or the next section's commands to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 specify a foreground or background color for it, then it does not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 inherit the @code{face} property from the preceding character; instead
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 it uses whatever you specified. It will still inherit other text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 properties, though.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 Strictly speaking, these commands apply only to the first following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 self-inserting character that you type. But if you insert additional
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 characters after it, they will inherit from the first one. So it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 appears that these commands apply to all of them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 Enriched mode defines two additional faces: @code{excerpt} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 @code{fixed}. These correspond to codes used in the text/enriched file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 format.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 The @code{excerpt} face is intended for quotations. This face is the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 same as @code{italic} unless you customize it (@pxref{Face Customization}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 The @code{fixed} face means, ``Use a fixed-width font for this part
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 of the text.'' Applying the @code{fixed} face to a part of the text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 will cause that part of the text to appear in a fixed-width font, even
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 if the default font is variable-width. This applies to Emacs and to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 other systems that display text/enriched format. So if you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 specifically want a certain part of the text to use a fixed-width
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 font, you should specify the @code{fixed} face for that part.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 By default, the @code{fixed} face looks the same as @code{bold}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 This is an attempt to distinguish it from @code{default}. You may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 wish to customize @code{fixed} to some other fixed-width medium font.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 @xref{Face Customization}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 If your terminal cannot display different faces, you will not be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 able to see them, but you can still edit documents containing faces,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 and even add faces and colors to documents. The faces you specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 will be visible when the file is viewed on a terminal that can display
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 @node Format Colors
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 @subsection Colors in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 You can specify foreground and background colors for portions of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 text. There is a menu for specifying the foreground color and a menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 for specifying the background color. Each color menu lists all the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 colors that you have used in Enriched mode in the current Emacs session.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 If you specify a color with a prefix argument---or, in Transient
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 Mark mode, if the region is not active---then it applies to any
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 immediately following self-inserting input. Otherwise, the command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 applies to the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 Each color menu contains one additional item: @samp{Other}. You can use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 this item to specify a color that is not listed in the menu; it reads
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 the color name with the minibuffer. To display a list of available colors
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 and their names, use the @samp{Display Colors} menu item in the Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 Properties menu (@pxref{Editing Format Info}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 Any color that you specify in this way, or that is mentioned in a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 formatted text file that you read in, is added to the corresponding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 color menu for the duration of the Emacs session.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 @findex facemenu-set-foreground
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 @findex facemenu-set-background
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 There are no predefined key bindings for specifying colors, but you can do so
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 with the extended commands @kbd{M-x facemenu-set-foreground} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 @kbd{M-x facemenu-set-background}. Both of these commands read the name
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 of the color with the minibuffer.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 @node Format Indentation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 @subsection Indentation in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 When editing formatted text, you can specify different amounts of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 indentation for the right or left margin of an entire paragraph or a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 part of a paragraph. The margins you specify automatically affect the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 Emacs fill commands (@pxref{Filling}) and line-breaking commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 The Indentation submenu provides a convenient interface for specifying
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 these properties. The submenu contains four items:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 @kindex C-x TAB @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 @findex increase-left-margin
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 @item Indent More
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 Indent the region by 4 columns (@code{increase-left-margin}). In
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 Enriched mode, this command is also available on @kbd{C-x @key{TAB}}; if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 you supply a numeric argument, that says how many columns to add to the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 margin (a negative argument reduces the number of columns).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 @item Indent Less
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Remove 4 columns of indentation from the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 @item Indent Right More
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 Make the text narrower by indenting 4 columns at the right margin.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 @item Indent Right Less
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 Remove 4 columns of indentation from the right margin.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 You can use these commands repeatedly to increase or decrease the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 indentation.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 The most common way to use them is to change the indentation of an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 entire paragraph. For other uses, the effects of refilling can be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 hard to predict, except in some special cases like the one described
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 next.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 The most common other use is to format paragraphs with @dfn{hanging
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 indents}, which means that the first line is indented less than
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 subsequent lines. To set up a hanging indent, increase the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 indentation of the region starting after the first word of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 paragraph and running until the end of the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 Indenting the first line of a paragraph is easier. Set the margin for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 the whole paragraph where you want it to be for the body of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 paragraph, then indent the first line by inserting extra spaces or tabs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 @vindex standard-indent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 The variable @code{standard-indent} specifies how many columns these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 commands should add to or subtract from the indentation. The default
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 value is 4. The overall default right margin for Enriched mode is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 controlled by the variable @code{fill-column}, as usual.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 @kindex C-c [ @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 @kindex C-c ] @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 @findex set-left-margin
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 @findex set-right-margin
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 There are also two commands for setting the left or right margin of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 the region absolutely: @code{set-left-margin} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 @code{set-right-margin}. Enriched mode binds these commands to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 @kbd{C-c [} and @kbd{C-c ]}, respectively. You can specify the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 margin width either with a numeric argument or in the minibuffer.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 Sometimes, as a result of editing, the filling of a paragraph becomes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 messed up---parts of the paragraph may extend past the left or right
85076
29916a9beec2 (Fill Commands): Document fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 84268
diff changeset
2259 margins. When this happens, use @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph-or-region}) to
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 refill the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 The fill prefix, if any, works in addition to the specified paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 indentation: @kbd{C-x .} does not include the specified indentation's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 whitespace in the new value for the fill prefix, and the fill commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 look for the fill prefix after the indentation on each line. @xref{Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 Prefix}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 @node Format Justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 @subsection Justification in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 When editing formatted text, you can specify various styles of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 justification for a paragraph. The style you specify automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 affects the Emacs fill commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 The Justification submenu provides a convenient interface for specifying
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 the style. The submenu contains five items:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 @item Left
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 This is the most common style of justification (at least for English).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 Lines are aligned at the left margin but left uneven at the right.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 @item Right
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 This aligns each line with the right margin. Spaces and tabs are added
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 on the left, if necessary, to make lines line up on the right.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 @item Full
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 This justifies the text, aligning both edges of each line. Justified
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 text looks very nice in a printed book, where the spaces can all be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 adjusted equally, but it does not look as nice with a fixed-width font
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 on the screen. Perhaps a future version of Emacs will be able to adjust
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 the width of spaces in a line to achieve elegant justification.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 @item Center
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 This centers every line between the current margins.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 @item Unfilled
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 This turns off filling entirely. Each line will remain as you wrote it;
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 the fill and auto-fill functions will have no effect on text which has
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 this setting. You can, however, still indent the left margin. In
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 unfilled regions, all newlines are treated as hard newlines (@pxref{Hard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 and Soft Newlines}) .
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 In Enriched mode, you can also specify justification from the keyboard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 using the @kbd{M-j} prefix character:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 @kindex M-j l @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 @findex set-justification-left
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 @item M-j l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 Make the region left-filled (@code{set-justification-left}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 @kindex M-j r @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 @findex set-justification-right
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 @item M-j r
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 Make the region right-filled (@code{set-justification-right}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 @kindex M-j b @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 @findex set-justification-full
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 @item M-j b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 Make the region fully justified (@code{set-justification-full}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 @kindex M-j c @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 @kindex M-S @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 @findex set-justification-center
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 @item M-j c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 @itemx M-S
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 Make the region centered (@code{set-justification-center}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 @kindex M-j u @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 @findex set-justification-none
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 @item M-j u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 Make the region unfilled (@code{set-justification-none}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 Justification styles apply to entire paragraphs. All the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 justification-changing commands operate on the paragraph containing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 point, or, if the region is active, on all paragraphs which overlap the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 @vindex default-justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 The default justification style is specified by the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 @code{default-justification}. Its value should be one of the symbols
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{full}, @code{center}, or @code{none}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 This is a per-buffer variable. Setting the variable directly affects
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 only the current buffer. However, customizing it in a Custom buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 sets (as always) the default value for buffers that do not override it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 @xref{Locals}, and @ref{Easy Customization}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 @node Format Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 @subsection Setting Other Text Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 The Special Properties menu lets you add or remove three other useful text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 properties: @code{read-only}, @code{invisible} and @code{intangible}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 The @code{intangible} property disallows moving point within the text,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 the @code{invisible} text property hides text from display, and the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 @code{read-only} property disallows alteration of the text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 Each of these special properties has a menu item to add it to the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 region. The last menu item, @samp{Remove Special}, removes all of these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 special properties from the text in the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 Currently, the @code{invisible} and @code{intangible} properties are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 @emph{not} saved in the text/enriched format. The @code{read-only}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 property is saved, but it is not a standard part of the text/enriched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 format, so other editors may not respect it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 @node Forcing Enriched Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 @subsection Forcing Enriched Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 Normally, Emacs knows when you are editing formatted text because it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 recognizes the special annotations used in the file that you visited.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 However, sometimes you must take special actions to convert file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 contents or turn on Enriched mode:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 @itemize @bullet
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 When you visit a file that was created with some other editor, Emacs may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 not recognize the file as being in the text/enriched format. In this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 case, when you visit the file you will see the formatting commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 rather than the formatted text. Type @kbd{M-x format-decode-buffer} to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 translate it. This also automatically turns on Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 When you @emph{insert} a file into a buffer, rather than visiting it,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 Emacs does the necessary conversions on the text which you insert, but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 it does not enable Enriched mode. If you wish to do that, type @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 enriched-mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 The command @code{format-decode-buffer} translates text in various
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 formats into Emacs's internal format. It asks you to specify the format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 to translate from; however, normally you can type just @key{RET}, which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 tells Emacs to guess the format.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 @findex format-find-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 If you wish to look at a text/enriched file in its raw form, as a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 sequence of characters rather than as formatted text, use the @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 find-file-literally} command. This visits a file, like
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 @code{find-file}, but does not do format conversion. It also inhibits
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 character code conversion (@pxref{Coding Systems}) and automatic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 uncompression (@pxref{Compressed Files}). To disable format conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 but allow character code conversion and/or automatic uncompression if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 appropriate, use @code{format-find-file} with suitable arguments.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 @node Text Based Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 @section Editing Text-based Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 @cindex table mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 @cindex text-based tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 Table mode provides an easy and intuitive way to create and edit WYSIWYG
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 text-based tables. Here is an example of such a table:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 @group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 | Command | Description | Key Binding |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 | forward-char |Move point right N characters | C-f |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 | |(left if N is negative). | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 | |On reaching end of buffer, stop | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 | |and signal error. | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 | backward-char |Move point left N characters | C-b |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 | |(right if N is negative). | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 | |On attempt to pass beginning or | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 | |end of buffer, stop and signal | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 | |error. | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 @end group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 Table mode allows the contents of the table such as this one to be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 easily manipulated by inserting or deleting characters inside a cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 A cell is effectively a localized rectangular edit region and edits to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 a cell do not affect the contents of the surrounding cells. If the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 contents do not fit into a cell, then the cell is automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 expanded in the vertical and/or horizontal directions and the rest of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 the table is restructured and reformatted in accordance with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 growth of the cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 * Table Definition:: What is a text based table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 * Table Creation:: How to create a table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 * Table Recognition:: How to activate and deactivate tables.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 * Cell Commands:: Cell-oriented commands in a table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 * Cell Justification:: Justifying cell contents.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 * Row Commands:: Manipulating rows of table cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 * Column Commands:: Manipulating columns of table cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 * Fixed Width Mode:: Fixing cell width.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 * Table Conversion:: Converting between plain text and tables.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 * Measuring Tables:: Analyzing table dimension.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 * Table Misc:: Table miscellany.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 @node Table Definition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 @subsection What is a Text-based Table?
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 Keep the following examples of valid tables in mind as a reference
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 while you read this section:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 +--+----+---+ +-+ +--+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 | | | | | | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 +--+----+---+ +-+ | +--+--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 | | | | | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 +--+----+---+ +--+--+ |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 +-----+--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 A table consists of a rectangular frame whose inside is divided into
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 cells. Each cell must be at least one character wide and one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 character high, not counting its border lines. A cell can be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 subdivided into multiple rectangular cells, but cells cannot overlap.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 The table frame and cell border lines are made of three special
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 characters. These variables specify those characters:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 @vindex table-cell-vertical-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 @item table-cell-vertical-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 Holds the character used for vertical lines. The default value is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 @samp{|}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 @vindex table-cell-horizontal-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 @item table-cell-horizontal-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 Holds the character used for horizontal lines. The default value is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 @samp{-}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490 @vindex table-cell-intersection-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 @item table-cell-intersection-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 Holds the character used at where horizontal line and vertical line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 meet. The default value is @samp{+}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 Based on this definition, the following five tables are examples of invalid
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 tables:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 +-----+ +-----+ +--+ +-++--+ ++
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 | | | | | | | || | ++
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 | +-+ | | | | | | || |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 | | | | +--+ | +--+--+ +-++--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 | +-+ | | | | | | | +-++--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 | | | | | | | | | || |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 +-----+ +--+--+ +--+--+ +-++--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 a b c d e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 From left to right:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 @enumerate a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 Overlapped cells or non-rectangular cells are not allowed.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 Same as a.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 The border must be rectangular.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 Cells must have a minimum width/height of one character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 Same as d.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 @end enumerate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 @node Table Creation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 @subsection How to Create a Table?
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 @cindex create a text-based table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 @cindex table creation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 @findex table-insert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 The command to create a table is @code{table-insert}. When called
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 interactively, it asks for the number of columns, number of rows, cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 width and cell height. The number of columns is the number of cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 horizontally side by side. The number of rows is the number of cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 vertically within the table's height. The cell width is a number of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 characters that each cell holds, left to right. The cell height is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 number of lines each cell holds. The cell width and the cell height
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 can be either an integer (when the value is constant across the table)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 or a series of integer, separated by spaces or commas, where each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 number corresponds to the next cell within a row from left to right,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 or the next cell within a column from top to bottom.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 @node Table Recognition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 @subsection Table Recognition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 @cindex table recognition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 @findex table-recognize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 @findex table-unrecognize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 Table mode maintains special text properties in the buffer to allow
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 editing in a convenient fashion. When a buffer with tables is saved
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 to its file, these text properties are lost, so when you visit this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 file again later, Emacs does not see a table, but just formatted text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 To resurrect the table text properties, issue the @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 table-recognize} command. It scans the current buffer, recognizes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 valid table cells, and attaches appropriate text properties to allow
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 for table editing. The converse command, @code{table-unrecognize}, is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 used to remove the special text properties and convert the buffer back
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 to plain text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 Special commands exist to enable or disable tables within a region,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 enable or disable individual tables, and enable/disable individual
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 cells. These commands are:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 @findex table-recognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 @item M-x table-recognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 Recognize tables within the current region and activate them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 @findex table-unrecognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 @item M-x table-unrecognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 Deactivate tables within the current region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 @findex table-recognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 @item M-x table-recognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 Recognize the table under point and activate it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 @findex table-unrecognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576 @item M-x table-unrecognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 Deactivate the table under point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 @findex table-recognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 @item M-x table-recognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 Recognize the cell under point and activate it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 @findex table-unrecognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582 @item M-x table-unrecognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 Deactivate the cell under point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 For another way of converting text into tables, see @ref{Table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 Conversion}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 @node Cell Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 @subsection Commands for Table Cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 @findex table-forward-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 @findex table-backward-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 The commands @code{table-forward-cell} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 @code{table-backward-cell} move point from the current cell to an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 adjacent cell forward and backward respectively. The order of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 cells is cyclic: when point is in the last cell of a table, typing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 @kbd{M-x table-forward-cell} moves to the first cell in the table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599 Likewise @kbd{M-x table-backward-cell} from the first cell in a table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 moves to the last cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 @findex table-span-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 The command @code{table-span-cell} merges the current cell with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 adjacent cell in a specified direction---right, left, above or below.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 You specify the direction with the minibuffer. It does not allow
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 merges which don't result in a legitimate cell layout.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 @findex table-split-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 @cindex text-based tables, split a cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 @cindex split table cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 The command @code{table-split-cell} splits the current cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 vertically or horizontally. This command is a wrapper to the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 direction specific commands @code{table-split-cell-vertically} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 @code{table-split-cell-horizontally}. You specify the direction with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 a minibuffer argument.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 @findex table-split-cell-vertically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618 The command @code{table-split-cell-vertically} splits the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 cell vertically and creates a pair of cells above and below where
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 point is located. The content in the original cell is split as well.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 @findex table-split-cell-horizontally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 The command @code{table-split-cell-horizontally} splits the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624 cell horizontally and creates a pair of cells right and left of where
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 point is located. If the cell being split is not empty, this asks you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 how to handle the cell contents. The three options are: @code{split},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 @code{left}, or @code{right}. @code{split} splits the contents at
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 point literally, while the @code{left} and @code{right} options move
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 the entire contents into the left or right cell respectively.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 @cindex enlarge a table cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 @cindex shrink a table cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 The next four commands enlarge or shrink a cell. They use numeric
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 arguments (@pxref{Arguments}) to specify how many columns or rows to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 enlarge or shrink a particular table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 @findex table-heighten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 @item M-x table-heighten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 Enlarge the current cell vertically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 @findex table-shorten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 @item M-x table-shorten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 Shrink the current cell vertically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 @findex table-widen-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 @item M-x table-widen-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 Enlarge the current cell horizontally.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 @findex table-narrow-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 @item M-x table-narrow-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 Shrink the current cell horizontally.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 @node Cell Justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 @subsection Cell Justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 @cindex cell text justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 You can specify text justification for each cell. The justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 is remembered independently for each cell and the subsequent editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 of cell contents is subject to the specified justification.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 @findex table-justify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 The command @code{table-justify} ask you to specify what to justify:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 a cell, a column, or a row. If you select cell justification, this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 command sets the justification only for the current cell. Selecting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 column or row justification sets the justification for all the cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 within a column or row respectively. The command then ask you which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 kind of justification to apply: @code{left}, @code{center},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 @code{right}, @code{top}, @code{middle}, @code{bottom}, or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 @code{none}. Horizontal justification and vertical justification are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 specified independently. The options @code{left}, @code{center}, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 @code{right} specify horizontal justification while the options
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 @code{top}, @code{middle}, @code{bottom}, and @code{none} specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 vertical justification. The vertical justification @code{none}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 effectively removes vertical justification. Horizontal justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 must be one of @code{left}, @code{center}, or @code{right}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 @vindex table-detect-cell-alignment
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Justification information is stored in the buffer as a part of text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 property. Therefore, this information is ephemeral and does not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 survive through the loss of the buffer (closing the buffer and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 revisiting the buffer erase any previous text properties). To
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 countermand for this, the command @code{table-recognize} and other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 recognition commands (@pxref{Table Recognition}) are equipped with a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 convenience feature (turned on by default). During table recognition,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 the contents of a cell are examined to determine which justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685 was originally applied to the cell and then applies this justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 to the cell. This is a speculative algorithm and is therefore not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687 perfect, however, the justification is deduced correctly most of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 time. To disable this feature, customize the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 @code{table-detect-cell-alignment} and set it to @code{nil}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 @node Row Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 @subsection Commands for Table Rows
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 @cindex table row commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 @cindex insert row in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 @findex table-insert-row
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 The command @code{table-insert-row} inserts a row of cells before
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 the current row in a table. The current row where point is located is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 pushed down after the newly inserted row. A numeric prefix argument
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 specifies the number of rows to insert. Note that in order to insert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 rows @emph{after} the last row at the bottom of a table, you must
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 place point below the table---that is, outside the table---prior to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 invoking this command.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 @cindex delete row in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 @findex table-delete-row
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 The command @code{table-delete-row} deletes a row of cells at point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 A numeric prefix argument specifies the number of rows to delete.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 @node Column Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 @subsection Commands for Table Columns
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 @cindex table column commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 @cindex insert column in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715 @findex table-insert-column
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 The command @code{table-insert-column} inserts a column of cells to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 the left of the current row in a table. This pushes the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 column to the right. To insert a column to the right side of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 rightmost column, place point to the right of the rightmost column,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 which is outside of the table, prior to invoking this command. A
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns to insert.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 @cindex delete column in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 A command @code{table-delete-column} deletes a column of cells at
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725 point. A numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 delete.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 @node Fixed Width Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 @subsection Fix Width of Cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 @cindex fix width of table cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 @findex table-fixed-width-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 The command @code{table-fixed-width-mode} toggles fixed width mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 on and off. When fixed width mode is turned on, editing inside a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 cell never changes the cell width; when it is off, the cell width
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 expands automatically in order to prevent a word from being folded
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 into multiple lines. By default, fixed width mode is disabled.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 @node Table Conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 @subsection Conversion Between Plain Text and Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 @cindex text to table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 @cindex table to text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 @findex table-capture
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 The command @code{table-capture} captures plain text in a region and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 turns it into a table. Unlike @code{table-recognize} (@pxref{Table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 Recognition}), the original text does not have a table appearance but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 may hold a logical table structure. For example, some elements
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 separated by known patterns form a two dimensional structure which can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 be turned into a table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 Here's an example of data that @code{table-capture} can operate on.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 The numbers are horizontally separated by a comma and vertically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 separated by a newline character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 1, 2, 3, 4
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 5, 6, 7, 8
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 , 9, 10
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 Invoking @kbd{M-x table-capture} on that text produces this table:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 |1 |2 |3 |4 |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 | |9 |10 | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 The conversion uses @samp{,} for the column delimiter and newline for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 a row delimiter, cells are left justified, and minimum cell width is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 5.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 @findex table-release
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 The command @code{table-release} does the opposite of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 @code{table-capture}. It releases a table by removing the table frame
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 and cell borders. This leaves the table contents as plain text. One
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 of the useful applications of @code{table-capture} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 @code{table-release} is to edit a text in layout. Look at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 following three paragraphs (the latter two are indented with header
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 lines):
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 @samp{table-capture} is a powerful command, but mastering its
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 power requires some practice. Here are some things it can do:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 expression and raw delimiter regular
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 expression, it parses the specified text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 area and extracts cell items from
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 non-table text and then forms a table out
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 of them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 creates a single cell table. The text in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 the specified region is placed in that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 Applying @code{table-capture} to a region containing the above three
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 paragraphs, with empty strings for column delimiter regexp and row
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 delimiter regexp, creates a table with a single cell like the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 following one.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 @c The first line's right-hand frame in the following two examples
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 @c sticks out to accommodate for the removal of @samp in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 @c produced output!!
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 @group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 |@samp{table-capture} is a powerful command, but mastering its |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 |power requires some practice. Here are some things it can do: |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 | expression, it parses the specified text |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 | area and extracts cell items from |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 | of them. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 | the specified region is placed in that |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 | cell. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 @end group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 independently without affecting the layout of other cells.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 |@samp{table-capture} is a powerful command, but mastering its |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 |power requires some practice. Here are some things it can do: |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 | |area and extracts cell items from |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 | |of them. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 | |the specified region is placed in that |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 | |cell. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 By applying @code{table-release}, which does the opposite process, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 contents become once again plain text. @code{table-release} works as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863 a companion command to @code{table-capture}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 @node Measuring Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 @subsection Analyzing Table Dimensions
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 @cindex table dimensions
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 @findex table-query-dimension
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 The command @code{table-query-dimension} analyzes a table structure
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 and reports information regarding its dimensions. In case of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 above example table, the @code{table-query-dimension} command displays
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 in echo area:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 Cell: (21w, 6h), Table: (67w, 16h), Dim: (2c, 3r), Total Cells: 5
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 This indicates that the current cell is 21 character wide and 6 lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 high, the entire table is 67 characters wide and 16 lines high. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 table has 2 columns and 3 rows. It has a total of 5 cells, since the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 first row has a spanned cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 @node Table Misc
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 @subsection Table Miscellany
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 @cindex insert string into table cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 @findex table-insert-sequence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 The command @code{table-insert-sequence} inserts a string into each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 cell. Each string is a part of a sequence i.e.@: a series of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 increasing integer numbers.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 @cindex table in language format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 @cindex table for HTML and LaTeX
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 @findex table-generate-source
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 The command @code{table-generate-source} generates a table formatted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 for a specific markup language. It asks for a language (which must be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 one of @code{html}, @code{latex}, or @code{cals}), a destination
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 buffer where to put the result, and the table caption (a string), and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 then inserts the generated table in the proper syntax into the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 destination buffer. The default destination buffer is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 @code{table.@var{lang}}, where @var{lang} is the language you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 specified.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 @ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 arch-tag: 8db54ed8-2036-49ca-b0df-23811d03dc70
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 @end ignore